10565 lines
303 KiB
C
10565 lines
303 KiB
C
/* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
|
||
Copyright (C) 1994-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
|
||
|
||
This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
|
||
|
||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
|
||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||
|
||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||
|
||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||
along with this program; if not, write to the
|
||
Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
|
||
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
|
||
|
||
/* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
|
||
when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
|
||
needs them. */
|
||
#define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
|
||
|
||
#include "sysdep.h"
|
||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||
#include "bfd.h"
|
||
#include "bfdlink.h"
|
||
#include "libbfd.h"
|
||
#include "elf-bfd.h"
|
||
#include "elf/ppc.h"
|
||
#include "elf32-ppc.h"
|
||
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
|
||
#include "dwarf2.h"
|
||
#include "opcode/ppc.h"
|
||
|
||
/* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
|
||
#define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
|
||
|
||
typedef enum split16_format_type
|
||
{
|
||
split16a_type = 0,
|
||
split16d_type
|
||
}
|
||
split16_format_type;
|
||
|
||
/* RELA relocations are used here. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
|
||
(bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
|
||
(bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
|
||
|
||
/* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
|
||
#define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
|
||
/* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
|
||
#define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
|
||
/* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
|
||
#define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
|
||
|
||
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
|
||
section. */
|
||
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
|
||
|
||
/* For old-style PLT. */
|
||
/* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
|
||
#define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
|
||
|
||
/* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
|
||
#define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
|
||
#define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
|
||
((4*4 \
|
||
+ (h != NULL \
|
||
&& h == htab->tls_get_addr \
|
||
&& !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
|
||
+ (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
|
||
& -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
|
||
|
||
/* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
|
||
|
||
/* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
|
||
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
|
||
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
|
||
[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
|
||
0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
|
||
0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
|
||
0x4e800420, /* bctr */
|
||
0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
|
||
0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
|
||
0x60000000, /* nop */
|
||
0x60000000, /* nop */
|
||
};
|
||
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
|
||
[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
|
||
0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
|
||
0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
|
||
0x4e800420, /* bctr */
|
||
0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
|
||
0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
|
||
0x60000000, /* nop */
|
||
0x60000000, /* nop */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
|
||
#define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
|
||
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
|
||
[VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
|
||
0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
|
||
0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
|
||
0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
|
||
0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
|
||
0x4e800420, /* bctr */
|
||
0x60000000, /* nop */
|
||
0x60000000, /* nop */
|
||
};
|
||
static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
|
||
[VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
|
||
0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
|
||
0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
|
||
0x4e800420, /* bctr */
|
||
0x60000000, /* nop */
|
||
0x60000000, /* nop */
|
||
0x60000000, /* nop */
|
||
0x60000000, /* nop */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
|
||
.rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
|
||
|
||
/* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
|
||
#define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
|
||
/* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
|
||
#define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
|
||
/* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
|
||
a shared library. */
|
||
#define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
|
||
|
||
/* Some instructions. */
|
||
#define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
|
||
#define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
|
||
#define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
|
||
#define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
|
||
#define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
|
||
#define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
|
||
#define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
|
||
#define B 0x48000000
|
||
#define BA 0x48000002
|
||
#define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
|
||
#define BCTR 0x4e800420
|
||
#define BEQLR 0x4d820020
|
||
#define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
|
||
#define LIS_11 0x3d600000
|
||
#define LIS_12 0x3d800000
|
||
#define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
|
||
#define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
|
||
#define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
|
||
#define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
|
||
#define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
|
||
#define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
|
||
#define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
|
||
#define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
|
||
#define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
|
||
#define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
|
||
#define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
|
||
#define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
|
||
#define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
|
||
#define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
|
||
#define NOP 0x60000000
|
||
#define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
|
||
|
||
/* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
|
||
#define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
|
||
#define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
|
||
|
||
/* The value of a defined global symbol. */
|
||
#define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
|
||
((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
|
||
+ (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
|
||
+ (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
|
||
|
||
/* Relocation HOWTO's. */
|
||
/* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
|
||
field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
|
||
always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
|
||
PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
|
||
the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
|
||
and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
|
||
rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
|
||
#define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
|
||
complain, special_func) \
|
||
HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
|
||
complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
|
||
#type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
|
||
|
||
static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
|
||
|
||
static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
|
||
/* This reloc does nothing. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
|
||
FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
|
||
the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
|
||
FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
|
||
indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
|
||
bits must be zero. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
|
||
indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
|
||
two bits must be zero. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
|
||
the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
|
||
zero. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
|
||
the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
|
||
be zero. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
|
||
symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
|
||
the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
|
||
the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
|
||
the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
|
||
entry for the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
|
||
both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
|
||
dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
|
||
shared library into the object, because the object being
|
||
run has to have the data at some particular address. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
|
||
entries. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
|
||
longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
|
||
addend. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
|
||
object rather than the final value. Normally used for
|
||
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 32-bit PC relative */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
|
||
FIXME: not supported. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
|
||
FIXME: not supported. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, true, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
|
||
the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
|
||
the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
|
||
the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
|
||
small data items. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Marker relocs for TLS. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
|
||
definition of its TLS sym. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
|
||
of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
|
||
contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
|
||
sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
|
||
with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
|
||
to the first entry. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
|
||
with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
|
||
first entry. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
|
||
the offset to the entry. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
|
||
offset to the entry. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
|
||
in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
|
||
|
||
/* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
|
||
plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
|
||
is negative. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
|
||
address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
|
||
_SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
|
||
address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
|
||
_SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
|
||
small data items. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
|
||
signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
|
||
field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
|
||
/* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
|
||
/* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
|
||
/* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
|
||
/* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
|
||
/* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
|
||
|
||
/* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
|
||
in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
|
||
register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A relative 8 bit branch. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A relative 15 bit branch. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A relative 24 bit branch. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
|
||
instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
|
||
the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* e_li split20 format. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
|
||
bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
|
||
the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
|
||
ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
|
||
|
||
/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
NULL),
|
||
|
||
/* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
|
||
NULL),
|
||
|
||
/* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
|
||
HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int i, type;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0;
|
||
i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
|
||
i++)
|
||
{
|
||
type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
|
||
if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
|
||
/ sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static reloc_howto_type *
|
||
ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
|
||
{
|
||
enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
|
||
if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
|
||
ppc_elf_howto_init ();
|
||
|
||
switch (code)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
|
||
r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
|
||
break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
|
||
r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
|
||
break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
|
||
r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
|
||
break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
|
||
r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
|
||
break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
|
||
r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
|
||
break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
|
||
r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
|
||
break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
|
||
case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static reloc_howto_type *
|
||
ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
const char *r_name)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 0;
|
||
i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
|
||
i++)
|
||
if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
|
||
&& strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
|
||
return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
|
||
arelent *cache_ptr,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int r_type;
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
|
||
if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
|
||
ppc_elf_howto_init ();
|
||
|
||
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
|
||
if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
|
||
{
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
|
||
abfd, r_type);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
|
||
|
||
/* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
|
||
ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
|
||
if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
|
||
abfd, r_type);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
||
ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
|
||
arelent *reloc_entry,
|
||
asymbol *symbol,
|
||
void *data,
|
||
asection *input_section,
|
||
bfd *output_bfd,
|
||
char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
|
||
long insn;
|
||
bfd_size_type octets;
|
||
bfd_vma value;
|
||
|
||
if (output_bfd != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
|
||
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
|
||
r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
|
||
if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
|
||
return bfd_reloc_continue;
|
||
|
||
value = 0;
|
||
if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
|
||
value = symbol->value;
|
||
value += (reloc_entry->addend
|
||
+ symbol->section->output_offset
|
||
+ symbol->section->output_section->vma);
|
||
value -= (reloc_entry->address
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset
|
||
+ input_section->output_section->vma);
|
||
value >>= 16;
|
||
|
||
octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
|
||
if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry->howto, abfd,
|
||
input_section, octets))
|
||
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
|
||
insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
|
||
insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
|
||
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
||
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
|
||
arelent *reloc_entry,
|
||
asymbol *symbol,
|
||
void *data,
|
||
asection *input_section,
|
||
bfd *output_bfd,
|
||
char **error_message)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
|
||
call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
|
||
link time. */
|
||
if (output_bfd != NULL)
|
||
return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
|
||
input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
|
||
|
||
if (error_message != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
static char *message;
|
||
free (message);
|
||
if (asprintf (&message, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
|
||
reloc_entry->howto->name) < 0)
|
||
message = NULL;
|
||
*error_message = message;
|
||
}
|
||
return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Sections created by the linker. */
|
||
|
||
typedef struct elf_linker_section
|
||
{
|
||
/* Pointer to the bfd section. */
|
||
asection *section;
|
||
/* Section name. */
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
/* Associated bss section name. */
|
||
const char *bss_name;
|
||
/* Associated symbol name. */
|
||
const char *sym_name;
|
||
/* Associated symbol. */
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
|
||
} elf_linker_section_t;
|
||
|
||
/* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
|
||
symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
|
||
based on different addend's. */
|
||
|
||
typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
|
||
{
|
||
/* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
|
||
struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
|
||
/* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
/* addend used */
|
||
bfd_vma addend;
|
||
/* which linker section this is */
|
||
elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
|
||
} elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
|
||
|
||
struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
|
||
|
||
/* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
|
||
sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
|
||
elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
|
||
|
||
/* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
|
||
unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
|
||
unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
|
||
((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
|
||
|
||
#define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
|
||
(ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
|
||
|
||
#define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
|
||
(bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
|
||
&& elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
|
||
|
||
/* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
|
||
PPC32_ELF_DATA);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
|
||
|
||
bool
|
||
_bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned long mach = 0;
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
unsigned char *contents;
|
||
|
||
if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
|
||
&& bfd_big_endian (abfd))
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
||
if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (s != NULL)
|
||
mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (mach == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
|
||
if (s != NULL
|
||
&& s->size >= 24
|
||
&& bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
|
||
unsigned int i;
|
||
|
||
for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
|
||
switch (val >> 16)
|
||
{
|
||
case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
|
||
case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
|
||
if (mach == 0)
|
||
mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
|
||
case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
|
||
if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
|
||
mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
|
||
case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
|
||
case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
|
||
if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
|
||
mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
|
||
mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
mach = -1ul;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
free (contents);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
|
||
{
|
||
const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
|
||
|
||
for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
|
||
if (arch->mach == mach)
|
||
{
|
||
abfd->arch_info = arch;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
|
||
default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
|
||
|
||
if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
|
||
abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
|
||
|| elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
|
||
|
||
elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
|
||
elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
||
{
|
||
int offset;
|
||
unsigned int size;
|
||
|
||
switch (note->descsz)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
|
||
/* pr_cursig */
|
||
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
|
||
|
||
/* pr_pid */
|
||
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
|
||
|
||
/* pr_reg */
|
||
offset = 72;
|
||
size = 192;
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
|
||
return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
|
||
size, note->descpos + offset);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (note->descsz)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
|
||
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
|
||
= bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
|
||
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
|
||
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
|
||
elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
|
||
= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
|
||
onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
|
||
implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
|
||
int n = strlen (command);
|
||
|
||
if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
|
||
command[n - 1] = '\0';
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static char *
|
||
ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (note_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
case NT_PRPSINFO:
|
||
{
|
||
char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
|
||
va_list ap;
|
||
|
||
va_start (ap, note_type);
|
||
memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
|
||
strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
|
||
#if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
|
||
DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
|
||
/* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
|
||
-Wstringop-truncation:
|
||
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
|
||
*/
|
||
DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
|
||
#endif
|
||
strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
|
||
#if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
|
||
DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
|
||
#endif
|
||
va_end (ap);
|
||
return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
||
"CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
case NT_PRSTATUS:
|
||
{
|
||
char data[268];
|
||
va_list ap;
|
||
long pid;
|
||
int cursig;
|
||
const void *greg;
|
||
|
||
va_start (ap, note_type);
|
||
memset (data, 0, 72);
|
||
pid = va_arg (ap, long);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
|
||
cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
|
||
bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
|
||
greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
|
||
memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
|
||
memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
|
||
va_end (ap);
|
||
return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
|
||
"CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static flagword
|
||
ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
|
||
{
|
||
|
||
if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
|
||
return SHF_PPC_VLE;
|
||
|
||
return 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
|
||
or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_vma
|
||
ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
const arelent *rel)
|
||
{
|
||
return rel->address;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
|
||
is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
|
||
type. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
|
||
const char *name,
|
||
int shindex)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *newsect;
|
||
flagword flags;
|
||
|
||
if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
|
||
flags = 0;
|
||
if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
|
||
flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
||
|
||
if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
|
||
flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
|
||
|
||
if (startswith (name, ".PPC.EMB"))
|
||
name += 8;
|
||
if (startswith (name, ".sbss")
|
||
|| startswith (name, ".sdata"))
|
||
flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
|
||
|
||
return (flags == 0
|
||
|| bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
|
||
asection *asect)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
|
||
shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
|
||
need to bump up the number of section headers. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
int ret = 0;
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
|
||
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
||
++ret;
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
|
||
if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
|
||
++ret;
|
||
|
||
return ret;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
|
||
|
||
bool
|
||
ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_segment_map *m;
|
||
|
||
/* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
|
||
LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
|
||
there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
|
||
If we find that case, we split the segment.
|
||
We maintain the original output section order. */
|
||
|
||
for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_segment_map *n;
|
||
size_t amt;
|
||
unsigned int j, k;
|
||
unsigned int p_flags;
|
||
|
||
if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
||
p_flags |= PF_W;
|
||
if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
p_flags |= PF_X;
|
||
if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
|
||
p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (j != m->count)
|
||
while (++j != m->count)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
|
||
|
||
if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
|
||
p_flags1 |= PF_W;
|
||
if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
p_flags1 |= PF_X;
|
||
if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
|
||
p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
|
||
if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
p_flags |= p_flags1;
|
||
}
|
||
/* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
|
||
sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
|
||
two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
|
||
are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
|
||
if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
|
||
{
|
||
m->p_flags_valid = 1;
|
||
m->p_flags = p_flags;
|
||
}
|
||
if (j == m->count)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
|
||
the remainder are put in a new segment.
|
||
The scan resumes with the new segment. */
|
||
|
||
amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
|
||
amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
|
||
n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
||
if (n == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
|
||
n->count = m->count - j;
|
||
for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
|
||
n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
|
||
m->count = j;
|
||
m->p_size_valid = 0;
|
||
n->next = m->next;
|
||
m->next = n;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
|
||
.PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
|
||
that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
|
||
2 sections. */
|
||
|
||
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
|
||
{
|
||
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
|
||
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
||
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
|
||
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
|
||
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
|
||
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
|
||
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
|
||
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
|
||
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
|
||
{ NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
|
||
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
|
||
{ STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
|
||
|
||
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
|
||
ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
|
||
{
|
||
const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
|
||
|
||
/* See if this is one of the special sections. */
|
||
if (sec->name == NULL)
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
|
||
sec->use_rela_p);
|
||
if (ssect != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
|
||
ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
|
||
return ssect;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
|
||
typedef struct apuinfo_list
|
||
{
|
||
struct apuinfo_list *next;
|
||
unsigned long value;
|
||
}
|
||
apuinfo_list;
|
||
|
||
static apuinfo_list *head;
|
||
static bool apuinfo_set;
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
apuinfo_list_init (void)
|
||
{
|
||
head = NULL;
|
||
apuinfo_set = false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
|
||
{
|
||
apuinfo_list *entry = head;
|
||
|
||
while (entry != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (entry->value == value)
|
||
return;
|
||
entry = entry->next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
|
||
if (entry == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
entry->value = value;
|
||
entry->next = head;
|
||
head = entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static unsigned
|
||
apuinfo_list_length (void)
|
||
{
|
||
apuinfo_list *entry;
|
||
unsigned long count;
|
||
|
||
for (entry = head, count = 0;
|
||
entry;
|
||
entry = entry->next)
|
||
++ count;
|
||
|
||
return count;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static inline unsigned long
|
||
apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
|
||
{
|
||
apuinfo_list * entry;
|
||
|
||
for (entry = head;
|
||
entry && number --;
|
||
entry = entry->next)
|
||
;
|
||
|
||
return entry ? entry->value : 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
apuinfo_list_finish (void)
|
||
{
|
||
apuinfo_list *entry;
|
||
|
||
for (entry = head; entry;)
|
||
{
|
||
apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
|
||
free (entry);
|
||
entry = next;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
head = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
|
||
the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd *ibfd;
|
||
asection *asec;
|
||
char *buffer = NULL;
|
||
bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
|
||
unsigned i;
|
||
unsigned long length;
|
||
const char *error_message = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (link_info == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
apuinfo_list_init ();
|
||
|
||
/* Read in the input sections contents. */
|
||
for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned long datum;
|
||
|
||
asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
|
||
if (asec == NULL)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
|
||
length = asec->size;
|
||
if (length < 20)
|
||
goto fail;
|
||
|
||
apuinfo_set = true;
|
||
if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
|
||
{
|
||
free (buffer);
|
||
largest_input_size = asec->size;
|
||
buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
|
||
if (!buffer)
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
|
||
|| (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
|
||
{
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
|
||
goto fail;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
|
||
extract the values this way in order to allow for a
|
||
host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
|
||
datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
|
||
if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
|
||
goto fail;
|
||
|
||
datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
|
||
if (datum != 0x2)
|
||
goto fail;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
|
||
goto fail;
|
||
|
||
/* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
|
||
datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
|
||
if (datum + 20 != length)
|
||
goto fail;
|
||
|
||
/* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
|
||
for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
|
||
apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
error_message = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (apuinfo_set)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Compute the size of the output section. */
|
||
unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
|
||
|
||
/* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
|
||
asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
|
||
|
||
if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
|
||
{
|
||
ibfd = abfd;
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
fail:
|
||
free (buffer);
|
||
|
||
if (error_message)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
|
||
contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
asection *asec,
|
||
bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
||
{
|
||
return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Finally we can generate the output section. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_byte *buffer;
|
||
asection *asec;
|
||
unsigned i;
|
||
unsigned num_entries;
|
||
bfd_size_type length;
|
||
|
||
asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
|
||
if (asec == NULL)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (!apuinfo_set)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
length = asec->size;
|
||
if (length < 20)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
|
||
if (buffer == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
(_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create the apuinfo header. */
|
||
num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
|
||
strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
|
||
|
||
length = 20;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
|
||
length += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (length != asec->size)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
|
||
|
||
if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
|
||
|
||
free (buffer);
|
||
|
||
apuinfo_list_finish ();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
|
||
return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
|
||
|
||
if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
|
||
&& (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
|
||
&& bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
|
||
&& bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
|
||
return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
|
||
&& section->vma <= vma
|
||
&& vma < section->vma + section->size);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static long
|
||
ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
|
||
long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
|
||
asymbol **ret)
|
||
{
|
||
bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool);
|
||
asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
|
||
bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
|
||
bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
|
||
bfd_vma stub_off;
|
||
asymbol *s;
|
||
arelent *p;
|
||
size_t count, i, stub_delta;
|
||
size_t size;
|
||
char *names;
|
||
bfd_byte buf[4];
|
||
|
||
*ret = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
if (dynsymcount <= 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
|
||
if (relplt == NULL)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
|
||
if (plt == NULL)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
|
||
if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
|
||
return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
|
||
dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
|
||
|
||
/* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
|
||
of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
|
||
dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
|
||
if (dynamic != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
|
||
size_t extdynsize;
|
||
void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
|
||
|
||
if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
|
||
return -1;
|
||
|
||
extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
|
||
swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
|
||
|
||
extdyn = dynbuf;
|
||
extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size;
|
||
for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
||
(*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
|
||
|
||
if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
|
||
asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
|
||
if (got != NULL
|
||
&& bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
|
||
g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
|
||
glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
free (dynbuf);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
|
||
if (glink_vma == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
|
||
glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (glink_vma == 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
|
||
link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
|
||
glink stubs now reside. */
|
||
glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
|
||
if (glink == NULL)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
|
||
from the first glink stub. */
|
||
if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
|
||
glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
|
||
|
||
/* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
|
||
insn ^= B;
|
||
if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
|
||
resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
|
||
|
||
/* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
|
||
else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
|
||
for (i = 4;
|
||
bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
|
||
glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
|
||
i += 4)
|
||
if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
|
||
{
|
||
resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
/* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
|
||
multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
|
||
there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
|
||
of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
|
||
The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
|
||
GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
|
||
stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
|
||
for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
|
||
if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
|
||
break;
|
||
if (stub_delta > 32)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
|
||
if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, true))
|
||
return -1;
|
||
|
||
size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
|
||
p = relplt->relocation;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
|
||
{
|
||
size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
|
||
if (p->addend != 0)
|
||
size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
|
||
|
||
if (resolv_vma)
|
||
size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
|
||
|
||
s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
|
||
if (s == NULL)
|
||
return -1;
|
||
|
||
stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
|
||
names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
|
||
p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
||
{
|
||
size_t len;
|
||
|
||
stub_off -= stub_delta;
|
||
if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
|
||
stub_off -= 32;
|
||
*s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
|
||
/* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
|
||
we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
|
||
if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
|
||
s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
|
||
s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
|
||
s->section = glink;
|
||
s->value = stub_off;
|
||
s->name = names;
|
||
s->udata.p = NULL;
|
||
len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
|
||
memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
|
||
names += len;
|
||
if (p->addend != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
|
||
names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
|
||
bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
|
||
names += strlen (names);
|
||
}
|
||
memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
|
||
names += sizeof ("@plt");
|
||
++s;
|
||
--p;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
|
||
memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
|
||
s->the_bfd = abfd;
|
||
s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
|
||
s->section = glink;
|
||
s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
|
||
s->name = names;
|
||
memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
|
||
names += sizeof ("__glink");
|
||
s++;
|
||
count++;
|
||
|
||
if (resolv_vma)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
|
||
memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
|
||
s->the_bfd = abfd;
|
||
s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
|
||
s->section = glink;
|
||
s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
|
||
s->name = names;
|
||
memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
|
||
names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
|
||
s++;
|
||
count++;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return count;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
|
||
functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
|
||
or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
|
||
ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
|
||
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
|
||
called. */
|
||
|
||
/* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
|
||
than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
|
||
struct plt_entry
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *next;
|
||
|
||
/* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
|
||
This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
|
||
GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
|
||
gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
|
||
sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
|
||
bfd_vma addend;
|
||
|
||
/* The .got2 section. */
|
||
asection *sec;
|
||
|
||
/* PLT refcount or offset. */
|
||
union
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_signed_vma refcount;
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
} plt;
|
||
|
||
/* .glink stub offset. */
|
||
bfd_vma glink_offset;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
|
||
function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
|
||
library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
/* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
|
||
address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
|
||
dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
|
||
local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
|
||
return 1;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_REL24:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL32:
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL32:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
|
||
/* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
|
||
linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
|
||
return bfd_link_dll (info);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
|
||
copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
|
||
section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
|
||
shared lib. */
|
||
#define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
|
||
|
||
/* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
|
||
struct ppc_dyn_relocs
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
|
||
|
||
/* The input section of the reloc. */
|
||
asection *sec;
|
||
|
||
/* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
|
||
unsigned int count : 31;
|
||
|
||
/* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
|
||
unsigned int ifunc : 1;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
|
||
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
|
||
|
||
/* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
|
||
specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
|
||
from the beginning of the section. */
|
||
elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
|
||
|
||
/* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
|
||
Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
|
||
encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
|
||
of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
|
||
optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
|
||
needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
|
||
set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
|
||
These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
|
||
#define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
|
||
#define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
|
||
#define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
|
||
#define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
|
||
#define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
|
||
#define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
|
||
#define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
|
||
unsigned char tls_mask;
|
||
|
||
/* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
|
||
case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
|
||
#define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
|
||
#define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
|
||
#define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
|
||
symbol. */
|
||
unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
|
||
|
||
/* Flag use of given relocations. */
|
||
unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
|
||
unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
#define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
|
||
|
||
/* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
|
||
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
|
||
|
||
/* Various options passed from the linker. */
|
||
struct ppc_elf_params *params;
|
||
|
||
/* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
|
||
asection *glink;
|
||
asection *dynsbss;
|
||
asection *relsbss;
|
||
elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
|
||
asection *sbss;
|
||
asection *glink_eh_frame;
|
||
asection *pltlocal;
|
||
asection *relpltlocal;
|
||
|
||
/* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
|
||
asection *srelplt2;
|
||
|
||
/* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
|
||
|
||
/* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
|
||
bfd *old_bfd;
|
||
|
||
/* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
|
||
union {
|
||
bfd_signed_vma refcount;
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
} tlsld_got;
|
||
|
||
/* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
|
||
bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
|
||
|
||
/* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
|
||
unsigned int got_header_size;
|
||
/* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
|
||
unsigned int got_gap;
|
||
|
||
/* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
|
||
enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
|
||
|
||
/* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
|
||
referenced by dynamic relocations. */
|
||
unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
|
||
unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
|
||
|
||
/* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
|
||
unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
|
||
|
||
/* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
|
||
unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
|
||
|
||
/* The size of PLT entries. */
|
||
int plt_entry_size;
|
||
/* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
|
||
int plt_slot_size;
|
||
/* The size of the first PLT entry. */
|
||
int plt_initial_entry_size;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
|
||
are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
|
||
#define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
|
||
|
||
/* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
|
||
relocs. */
|
||
#define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
|
||
|
||
/* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
|
||
#define has_pltcall sec_flg2
|
||
|
||
/* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
|
||
|
||
#define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
|
||
((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
|
||
&& elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
|
||
? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
|
||
|
||
/* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
|
||
|
||
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
|
||
ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
|
||
struct bfd_hash_table *table,
|
||
const char *string)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
|
||
subclass. */
|
||
if (entry == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
|
||
sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
|
||
if (entry == NULL)
|
||
return entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
|
||
entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
|
||
if (entry != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return entry;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
|
||
|
||
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
||
ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
|
||
static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
|
||
= { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
|
||
|
||
ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
|
||
if (ret == NULL)
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
|
||
ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
|
||
sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
|
||
PPC32_ELF_DATA))
|
||
{
|
||
free (ret);
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
|
||
ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
|
||
ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
|
||
ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
|
||
|
||
ret->params = &default_params;
|
||
|
||
ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
|
||
ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
|
||
ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
|
||
|
||
ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
|
||
ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
|
||
ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
|
||
|
||
ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
|
||
ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
|
||
ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
|
||
|
||
return &ret->elf.root;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Hook linker params into hash table. */
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
|
||
if (htab)
|
||
htab->params = params;
|
||
params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create .got and the related sections. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
|
||
if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
|
||
{
|
||
/* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
|
||
executable. */
|
||
flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
||
| SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
|
||
R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
|
||
and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
flagword flags,
|
||
elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
|
||
flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
|
||
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
|
||
if (s == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
lsect->section = s;
|
||
|
||
/* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
|
||
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
|
||
|
||
lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
|
||
if (lsect->sym == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
flagword flags;
|
||
int p2align;
|
||
|
||
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
||
| SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
|
||
htab->glink = s;
|
||
p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
|
||
if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
|
||
p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
|
||
if (s == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
|
||
{
|
||
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
||
| SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
|
||
htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
|
||
if (s == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
|
||
htab->elf.iplt = s;
|
||
if (s == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
||
| SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
|
||
htab->elf.irelplt = s;
|
||
if (s == NULL
|
||
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
/* Local plt entries. */
|
||
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
|
||
flags);
|
||
if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
|
||
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
htab->relpltlocal
|
||
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
|
||
if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
|
||
&htab->sdata[0]))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
|
||
&htab->sdata[1]))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
|
||
to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
|
||
to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
flagword flags;
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
|
||
&& !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->glink == NULL
|
||
&& !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
|
||
SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
htab->dynsbss = s;
|
||
if (s == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
||
| SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
|
||
htab->relsbss = s;
|
||
if (s == NULL
|
||
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
|
||
&& !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
s = htab->elf.splt;
|
||
flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
|
||
/* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
|
||
flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
|
||
return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
|
||
|
||
edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
|
||
eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
|
||
|
||
edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
|
||
edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
|
||
|
||
if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
|
||
edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
|
||
edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
|
||
edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
|
||
edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
|
||
edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
|
||
edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
|
||
|
||
/* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
|
||
if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
||
return;
|
||
|
||
if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
||
|
||
/* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
|
||
list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
|
||
for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
|
||
|
||
for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
|
||
if (q->sec == p->sec)
|
||
{
|
||
q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
|
||
q->count += p->count;
|
||
*pp = p->next;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (q == NULL)
|
||
pp = &p->next;
|
||
}
|
||
*pp = dir->dyn_relocs;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs;
|
||
ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
|
||
the symbol which just became indirect. */
|
||
edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
|
||
eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* And plt entries. */
|
||
if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry **entp;
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
|
||
for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *dent;
|
||
|
||
for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
|
||
if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
|
||
{
|
||
dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
|
||
*entp = ent->next;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (dent == NULL)
|
||
entp = &ent->next;
|
||
}
|
||
*entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
|
||
eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
|
||
{
|
||
if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
|
||
_bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
|
||
edir->elf.dynstr_index);
|
||
edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
|
||
edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
|
||
eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
|
||
eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
|
||
file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
|
||
const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
asection **secp,
|
||
bfd_vma *valp)
|
||
{
|
||
if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
|
||
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
|
||
&& is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
|
||
&& sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
|
||
put into .sbss. */
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab->sbss == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
|
||
|
||
if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
|
||
htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
|
||
|
||
htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
|
||
".sbss",
|
||
flags);
|
||
if (htab->sbss == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
*secp = htab->sbss;
|
||
*valp = sym->st_size;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
|
||
|
||
static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
|
||
elf_find_pointer_linker_section
|
||
(elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
|
||
bfd_vma addend,
|
||
elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
|
||
{
|
||
for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
|
||
if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
|
||
return linker_pointers;
|
||
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
|
||
elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
|
||
{
|
||
elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
|
||
elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
|
||
unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
||
bfd_size_type amt;
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* Is this a global symbol? */
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
||
|
||
/* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
|
||
eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
||
if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
|
||
rel->r_addend,
|
||
lsect))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
|
||
|
||
/* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
|
||
elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
|
||
if (!ptr)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
|
||
|
||
amt = num_symbols;
|
||
amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
|
||
ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
|
||
|
||
if (!ptr)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
|
||
if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
|
||
rel->r_addend,
|
||
lsect))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
|
||
a new pointer record from internal memory. */
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
|
||
amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
|
||
linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
||
|
||
if (!linker_section_ptr)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
|
||
linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
|
||
*ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
|
||
|
||
if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
|
||
return false;
|
||
linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
|
||
lsect->section->size += 4;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||
"Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
|
||
lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
|
||
(long) lsect->section->size);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static struct plt_entry **
|
||
update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
|
||
unsigned long r_symndx,
|
||
int tls_type)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
|
||
struct plt_entry **local_plt;
|
||
unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
|
||
|
||
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
|
||
size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
|
||
+ sizeof (*local_plt)
|
||
+ sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
|
||
local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
|
||
if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
|
||
if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
|
||
local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
|
||
return local_plt + r_symndx;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
|
||
asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
|
||
if (addend < 32768)
|
||
sec = NULL;
|
||
for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
|
||
if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (ent == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
|
||
ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
|
||
if (ent == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
ent->next = *plist;
|
||
ent->sec = sec;
|
||
ent->addend = addend;
|
||
ent->plt.refcount = 0;
|
||
*plist = ent;
|
||
}
|
||
ent->plt.refcount += 1;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static struct plt_entry *
|
||
find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
|
||
if (addend < 32768)
|
||
sec = NULL;
|
||
for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
|
||
if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
|
||
break;
|
||
return ent;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_REL24
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_REL14
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
|
||
iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
offset_in_range (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, size_t size)
|
||
{
|
||
return offset <= sec->size && size <= sec->size - offset;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
|
||
abfd,
|
||
ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
|
||
allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
|
||
table. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
asection *sec,
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
|
||
asection *got2, *sreloc;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
_bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
|
||
sec, abfd);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
|
||
if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
|
||
ppc_elf_howto_init ();
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab->glink == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
|
||
htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
|
||
if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
|
||
false, false, true);
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
||
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
|
||
got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
|
||
sreloc = NULL;
|
||
|
||
rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
|
||
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
||
enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
int tls_type;
|
||
struct plt_entry **ifunc;
|
||
struct plt_entry **pltent;
|
||
bfd_vma addend;
|
||
|
||
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
||
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
h = NULL;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
||
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
||
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
|
||
This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
|
||
startup code. */
|
||
if (h != NULL
|
||
&& htab->elf.sgot == NULL
|
||
&& strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
|
||
htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
|
||
if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
tls_type = 0;
|
||
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
||
ifunc = NULL;
|
||
if (h == NULL && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache,
|
||
abfd, r_symndx);
|
||
if (isym == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
|
||
ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
|
||
NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
|
||
if (ifunc == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
/* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
|
||
In a non-pie executable even when there are
|
||
no plt calls. */
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
|| is_branch_reloc (r_type)
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
|
||
{
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
|
||
ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
|
||
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type)
|
||
&& h != NULL
|
||
&& h == tga)
|
||
{
|
||
if (rel != relocs
|
||
&& (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
|
||
|| ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
|
||
/* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
|
||
reloc. */
|
||
;
|
||
else
|
||
/* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
|
||
sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PPC_TLSGD:
|
||
case R_PPC_TLSLD:
|
||
/* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
|
||
its parameter symbol. */
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
|
||
else
|
||
if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
|
||
NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
|
||
return false;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
|
||
tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
|
||
goto dogottls;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
|
||
tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
|
||
goto dogottls;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
|
||
if (bfd_link_dll (info))
|
||
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
|
||
tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
|
||
goto dogottls;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
|
||
tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
|
||
dogottls:
|
||
sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
/* GOT16 relocations */
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
|
||
/* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
|
||
if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
|
||
htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
|
||
if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
h->got.refcount += 1;
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
/* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
|
||
if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
/* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
|
||
an ifunc. */
|
||
if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
|
||
htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
|
||
if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
|
||
h, rel))
|
||
return false;
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
|
||
h->non_got_ref = true;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
|
||
if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
|
||
{
|
||
bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
|
||
if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
|
||
h, rel))
|
||
return false;
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
|
||
h->non_got_ref = true;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
|
||
htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
|
||
h->non_got_ref = true;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
|
||
if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
|
||
{
|
||
bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
|
||
h->non_got_ref = true;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
|
||
h->non_got_ref = true;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
h->non_got_ref = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
|
||
if (h == NULL)
|
||
break;
|
||
ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
|
||
goto pltentry;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
|
||
sec->has_pltcall = 1;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT32:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
|
||
pltentry:
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
|
||
#endif
|
||
/* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
|
||
if (h == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
|
||
NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
|
||
if (pltent == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
|
||
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
||
pltent = &h->plt.plist;
|
||
}
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
|
||
return false;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
|
||
relocation if linking a shared object since they are
|
||
section relative. */
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_TOC16:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
|
||
ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* These are just markers. */
|
||
case R_PPC_TLS:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
|
||
case R_PPC_NONE:
|
||
case R_PPC_max:
|
||
case R_PPC_RELAX:
|
||
case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
|
||
case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
|
||
case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
|
||
case R_PPC_COPY:
|
||
case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
|
||
case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
|
||
case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
|
||
case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR30:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
|
||
case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
|
||
if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
|
||
{
|
||
htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
|
||
htab->old_bfd = abfd;
|
||
}
|
||
if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
{
|
||
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
||
if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
|
||
Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
|
||
case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
||
if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
|
||
return false;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
|
||
used. Record for later use during GC. */
|
||
case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
||
if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
|
||
return false;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
|
||
sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
/* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL32:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
|
||
if (bfd_link_dll (info))
|
||
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
|
||
goto dodyn;
|
||
|
||
/* Nor these. */
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
|
||
goto dodyn;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_REL32:
|
||
if (h == NULL
|
||
&& got2 != NULL
|
||
&& (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
|
||
&& bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
|
||
the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
|
||
reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
|
||
force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
|
||
reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
|
||
PLT call stubs. */
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
||
|
||
isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache,
|
||
abfd, r_symndx);
|
||
if (isym == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
||
if (s == got2)
|
||
{
|
||
htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
|
||
htab->old_bfd = abfd;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
|
||
break;
|
||
/* fall through */
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR32:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_UADDR32:
|
||
case R_PPC_UADDR16:
|
||
if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
/* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
|
||
a function defined in a dynamic object. */
|
||
if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
/* We may need a copy reloc too. */
|
||
h->non_got_ref = 1;
|
||
h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
goto dodyn;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_REL24:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
|
||
if (h == NULL)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
|
||
{
|
||
htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
|
||
htab->old_bfd = abfd;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
/* fall through */
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR24:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR14:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
|
||
if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
/* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
|
||
a function defined in a dynamic object. */
|
||
h->needs_plt = 1;
|
||
if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
|
||
return false;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
dodyn:
|
||
/* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
|
||
against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
|
||
against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
|
||
into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
|
||
-Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
|
||
global symbol which is defined in an object we are
|
||
including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
|
||
this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
|
||
possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
|
||
later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
|
||
DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
|
||
a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
|
||
storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
|
||
table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
|
||
shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
|
||
symbol local.
|
||
|
||
If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
|
||
may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
|
||
dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
|
||
symbol. */
|
||
if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)
|
||
|| (h != NULL
|
||
&& (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
||
|| !h->def_regular))))
|
||
|| (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
||
&& !bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& h != NULL
|
||
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
|
||
|| !h->def_regular)))
|
||
{
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||
"ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
|
||
"create relocation for %s\n",
|
||
(h && h->root.root.string
|
||
? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
|
||
#endif
|
||
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
|
||
htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
|
||
|
||
sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
|
||
(sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
|
||
|
||
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
|
||
relocations we need for this symbol. */
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
|
||
|
||
rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs;
|
||
p = *rel_head;
|
||
if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
|
||
{
|
||
p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
|
||
if (p == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
p->next = *rel_head;
|
||
*rel_head = p;
|
||
p->sec = sec;
|
||
p->count = 0;
|
||
p->pc_count = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
p->count += 1;
|
||
if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
|
||
p->pc_count += 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
|
||
We really need local syms available to do this
|
||
easily. Oh well. */
|
||
struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
|
||
struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
|
||
bool is_ifunc;
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
void *vpp;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
||
|
||
isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache,
|
||
abfd, r_symndx);
|
||
if (isym == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
|
||
if (s == NULL)
|
||
s = sec;
|
||
|
||
vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
|
||
rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
|
||
is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC;
|
||
p = *rel_head;
|
||
if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
|
||
p = p->next;
|
||
if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
|
||
{
|
||
p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
|
||
if (p == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
p->next = *rel_head;
|
||
*rel_head = p;
|
||
p->sec = sec;
|
||
p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
|
||
p->count = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
p->count += 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
|
||
and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
|
||
bool
|
||
_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
|
||
obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
|
||
obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
|
||
bool ret = true;
|
||
bool warn_only;
|
||
|
||
/* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
|
||
libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
|
||
but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
|
||
typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
|
||
but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
|
||
The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
|
||
object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
|
||
layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
|
||
warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
|
||
|
||
in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
|
||
out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
|
||
|
||
in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
|
||
out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
|
||
|
||
if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
|
||
{
|
||
int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
|
||
int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
|
||
static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
|
||
|
||
if (in_fp == 0)
|
||
;
|
||
else if (out_fp == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!warn_only)
|
||
{
|
||
out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
|
||
out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
|
||
last_fp = ibfd;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
|
||
last_fp, ibfd);
|
||
ret = warn_only;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
|
||
ibfd, last_fp);
|
||
ret = warn_only;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
|
||
"%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
|
||
ret = warn_only;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
|
||
"%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
|
||
ret = warn_only;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
|
||
out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
|
||
if (in_fp == 0)
|
||
;
|
||
else if (out_fp == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!warn_only)
|
||
{
|
||
out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
|
||
out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
|
||
last_ld = ibfd;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
|
||
"%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
|
||
ret = warn_only;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
|
||
"%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
|
||
ret = warn_only;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
|
||
"%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
|
||
ret = warn_only;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
|
||
"%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
|
||
ret = warn_only;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (!ret)
|
||
{
|
||
out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
}
|
||
return ret;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
|
||
there are conflicting attributes. */
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd *obfd;
|
||
obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
|
||
obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
|
||
bool ret;
|
||
|
||
if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
obfd = info->output_bfd;
|
||
in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
|
||
out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
|
||
|
||
/* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
|
||
merge non-conflicting ones. */
|
||
in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
|
||
out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
|
||
ret = true;
|
||
if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
|
||
{
|
||
int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
|
||
int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
|
||
static bfd *last_vec;
|
||
|
||
if (in_vec == 0)
|
||
;
|
||
else if (out_vec == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
|
||
out_attr->i = in_vec;
|
||
last_vec = ibfd;
|
||
}
|
||
/* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
|
||
without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
|
||
alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
|
||
not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
|
||
case too. */
|
||
else if (in_vec == 1)
|
||
;
|
||
else if (out_vec == 1)
|
||
{
|
||
out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
|
||
out_attr->i = in_vec;
|
||
last_vec = ibfd;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_vec < in_vec)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
|
||
last_vec, ibfd);
|
||
out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_vec > in_vec)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
|
||
ibfd, last_vec);
|
||
out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
|
||
and merge non-conflicting ones. */
|
||
in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
|
||
out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
|
||
if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
|
||
{
|
||
int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
|
||
int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
|
||
static bfd *last_struct;
|
||
|
||
if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
|
||
;
|
||
else if (out_struct == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
|
||
out_attr->i = in_struct;
|
||
last_struct = ibfd;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_struct < in_struct)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
|
||
"%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
|
||
out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (out_struct > in_struct)
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
|
||
"%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
|
||
out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (!ret)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
|
||
return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
|
||
object file when linking. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
|
||
flagword old_flags;
|
||
flagword new_flags;
|
||
bool error;
|
||
|
||
if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
/* Check if we have the same endianness. */
|
||
if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
|
||
old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
|
||
if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
|
||
{
|
||
/* First call, no flags set. */
|
||
elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
|
||
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Compatible flags are ok. */
|
||
else if (new_flags == old_flags)
|
||
;
|
||
|
||
/* Incompatible flags. */
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
|
||
to be linked with either. */
|
||
error = false;
|
||
if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
|
||
&& (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
error = true;
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
(_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
|
||
"modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
|
||
&& (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
error = true;
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
(_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
|
||
"modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
|
||
if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
|
||
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
|
||
|
||
/* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
|
||
but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
|
||
if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
|
||
&& (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
|
||
&& (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
|
||
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
|
||
|
||
/* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
|
||
any module uses it. */
|
||
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
|
||
|
||
new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
|
||
old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
|
||
|
||
/* Warn about any other mismatches. */
|
||
if (new_flags != old_flags)
|
||
{
|
||
error = true;
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
|
||
"than previous modules (%#x)"),
|
||
ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (error)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bfd_reloc_status_type
|
||
ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
|
||
asection *input_section,
|
||
unsigned long offset,
|
||
bfd_byte *loc,
|
||
bfd_vma value,
|
||
split16_format_type split16_format,
|
||
bool fixup)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int insn, opcode;
|
||
|
||
if (!offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
|
||
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
|
||
opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
|
||
if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
|
||
|| opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
|
||
|| opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
|
||
|| opcode == E_LIS_INSN
|
||
|| opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
|
||
{
|
||
if (split16_format != split16a_type)
|
||
{
|
||
if (fixup)
|
||
split16_format = split16a_type;
|
||
else
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
|
||
|| opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
|
||
|| opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
|
||
|| opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
|
||
|| opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
|
||
|| opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
|
||
|| opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
|
||
{
|
||
if (split16_format != split16d_type)
|
||
{
|
||
if (fixup)
|
||
split16_format = split16d_type;
|
||
else
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (split16_format == split16a_type)
|
||
{
|
||
insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
|
||
insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
|
||
if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
|
||
insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
|
||
insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
|
||
insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
|
||
}
|
||
insn |= value & 0x7ff;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
|
||
return bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
|
||
/* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
|
||
/* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
|
||
insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
|
||
/* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
|
||
insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
|
||
/* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
|
||
insn |= value & 0x7ff;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
|
||
Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
|
||
int
|
||
ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
flagword flags;
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
|
||
htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
|
||
else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
&& (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
|
||
false, false, true)) != NULL
|
||
&& (h->type == STT_FUNC
|
||
|| h->needs_plt)
|
||
&& h->ref_regular
|
||
&& !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
||
|| UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
|
||
secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
|
||
function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
|
||
r30 to be set up. */
|
||
htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd *ibfd;
|
||
enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
|
||
|
||
/* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
|
||
Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
|
||
without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
|
||
--secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
|
||
if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
|
||
plt_type = PLT_OLD;
|
||
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
|
||
if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
|
||
{
|
||
if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
|
||
plt_type = PLT_NEW;
|
||
else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
|
||
{
|
||
plt_type = PLT_OLD;
|
||
htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
htab->plt_type = plt_type;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW)
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
|
||
else
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
|
||
{
|
||
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
|
||
| SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
|
||
|
||
/* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
|
||
if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
|
||
&& !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
|
||
return -1;
|
||
|
||
/* The new GOT is not executable. */
|
||
if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
|
||
&& !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
|
||
if (htab->glink != NULL
|
||
&& !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
|
||
return -1;
|
||
}
|
||
return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
|
||
relocation. */
|
||
|
||
static asection *
|
||
ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
||
case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
|
||
asection **symsecp,
|
||
unsigned char **tls_maskp,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
|
||
unsigned long r_symndx,
|
||
bfd *ibfd)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
|
||
|
||
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
|
||
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
||
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
||
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
||
|
||
if (hp != NULL)
|
||
*hp = h;
|
||
|
||
if (symp != NULL)
|
||
*symp = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (symsecp != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *symsec = NULL;
|
||
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
||
symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
|
||
*symsecp = symsec;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (tls_maskp != NULL)
|
||
*tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
|
||
|
||
if (locsyms == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
|
||
if (locsyms == NULL)
|
||
locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
|
||
symtab_hdr->sh_info,
|
||
0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
||
if (locsyms == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
*locsymsp = locsyms;
|
||
}
|
||
sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
|
||
|
||
if (hp != NULL)
|
||
*hp = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (symp != NULL)
|
||
*symp = sym;
|
||
|
||
if (symsecp != NULL)
|
||
*symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
|
||
|
||
if (tls_maskp != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
|
||
unsigned char *tls_mask;
|
||
|
||
tls_mask = NULL;
|
||
local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
|
||
if (local_got != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
|
||
(local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
|
||
(local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
|
||
}
|
||
*tls_maskp = tls_mask;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
|
||
defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
|
||
|
||
bool
|
||
ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
bfd *ibfd;
|
||
asection *sec;
|
||
bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
/* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
|
||
reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
|
||
between the call and its destination. */
|
||
limit = 0x1e00000;
|
||
low_vma = -1;
|
||
high_vma = 0;
|
||
for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
|
||
if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
|
||
{
|
||
if (low_vma > sec->vma)
|
||
low_vma = sec->vma;
|
||
if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
|
||
high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
|
||
convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
|
||
is local. */
|
||
if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
|
||
{
|
||
htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
|
||
call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
|
||
the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
|
||
this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
|
||
will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
|
||
particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
|
||
difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
|
||
linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
|
||
particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
|
||
call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
|
||
the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
|
||
together except their symbol. */
|
||
|
||
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
|
||
|
||
if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
local_syms = NULL;
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
|
||
|
||
for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
|
||
if (sec->has_pltcall
|
||
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
|
||
|
||
/* Read the relocations. */
|
||
relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
|
||
info->keep_memory);
|
||
if (relstart == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
|
||
for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
|
||
{
|
||
enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
|
||
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
||
asection *sym_sec;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
||
unsigned char *tls_maskp;
|
||
|
||
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
||
if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
||
if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
|
||
r_symndx, ibfd))
|
||
{
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
|
||
free (relstart);
|
||
if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
|
||
free (local_syms);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma from, to;
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
to = h->root.u.def.value;
|
||
else
|
||
to = sym->st_value;
|
||
to += (rel->r_addend
|
||
+ sym_sec->output_offset
|
||
+ sym_sec->output_section->vma);
|
||
from = (rel->r_offset
|
||
+ sec->output_offset
|
||
+ sec->output_section->vma);
|
||
if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
|
||
*tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
|
||
free (relstart);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (local_syms != NULL
|
||
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!info->keep_memory)
|
||
free (local_syms);
|
||
else
|
||
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
|
||
generic ELF tls_setup function. */
|
||
|
||
asection *
|
||
ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
|
||
false, false, true);
|
||
if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
|
||
htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
|
||
|
||
if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
|
||
opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
|
||
false, false, true);
|
||
if (opt != NULL
|
||
&& (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
||
|| opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
|
||
{
|
||
/* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
|
||
signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
|
||
be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
|
||
make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
|
||
tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
|
||
if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
&& tga != NULL
|
||
&& (tga->type == STT_FUNC
|
||
|| tga->needs_plt)
|
||
&& !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
|
||
|| UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
|
||
if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (ent != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
|
||
tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
|
||
ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
|
||
opt->mark = 1;
|
||
if (opt->dynindx != -1)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
|
||
opt->dynindx = -1;
|
||
_bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
|
||
opt->dynstr_index);
|
||
if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
|
||
}
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
|
||
&& htab->elf.splt != NULL
|
||
&& htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
|
||
elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
|
||
HASH. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
|
||
const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
|
||
enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
||
unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
||
|
||
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
|
||
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
||
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
||
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
||
if (h == hash)
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
|
||
opportunities. */
|
||
|
||
bool
|
||
ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd *ibfd;
|
||
asection *sec;
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
int pass;
|
||
|
||
if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
|
||
|
||
/* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
|
||
relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
|
||
followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
|
||
optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
|
||
notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
|
||
adjust got and plt refcounts. */
|
||
for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
|
||
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
|
||
asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
|
||
|
||
for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
|
||
if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
|
||
int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Read the relocations. */
|
||
relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
|
||
info->keep_memory);
|
||
if (relstart == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
|
||
for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
|
||
{
|
||
enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
|
||
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
|
||
unsigned char *tls_mask;
|
||
unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
|
||
bool is_local;
|
||
bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
|
||
|
||
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
||
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
||
|
||
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
|
||
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
||
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
||
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
|
||
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
||
/* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
|
||
without marker relocs, then check that each
|
||
__tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
|
||
that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
|
||
setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
|
||
relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
|
||
if (pass == 0
|
||
&& sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
|
||
&& h != NULL
|
||
&& h == htab->tls_get_addr
|
||
&& !expecting_tls_get_addr
|
||
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type))
|
||
{
|
||
info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
|
||
"TLS optimization disabled\n",
|
||
ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
|
||
free (relstart);
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
|
||
expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
|
||
/* These relocs should never be against a symbol
|
||
defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
|
||
that turns out to be the case. */
|
||
if (!is_local)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* LD -> LE */
|
||
tls_set = 0;
|
||
tls_clear = TLS_LD;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
|
||
expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
|
||
if (is_local)
|
||
/* GD -> LE */
|
||
tls_set = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
/* GD -> IE */
|
||
tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
|
||
tls_clear = TLS_GD;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
|
||
if (is_local)
|
||
{
|
||
/* IE -> LE */
|
||
tls_set = 0;
|
||
tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TLSLD:
|
||
if (!is_local)
|
||
continue;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
case R_PPC_TLSGD:
|
||
if (rel + 1 < relend
|
||
&& is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
|
||
{
|
||
if (pass != 0
|
||
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
|
||
{
|
||
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
|
||
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
|
||
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
||
|
||
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
|
||
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
||
while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
||
h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
|
||
bfd_vma addend = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
|
||
got2, addend);
|
||
if (ent != NULL
|
||
&& ent->plt.refcount > 0)
|
||
ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
|
||
tls_set = 0;
|
||
tls_clear = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
|
||
if (pass == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned char buf[4];
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3;
|
||
if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf,
|
||
off, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
|
||
free (relstart);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
|
||
/* addis rt,2,imm */
|
||
if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
|
||
!= ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
|
||
{
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
info->callbacks->minfo
|
||
(_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
|
||
ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn);
|
||
htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
|
||
htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (pass == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
|
||
|| !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (rel + 1 < relend
|
||
&& branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
|
||
htab->tls_get_addr))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
|
||
could just mark this symbol to exclude it
|
||
from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
|
||
the entire optimization. */
|
||
info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
|
||
"TLS optimization disabled\n"),
|
||
ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
|
||
free (relstart);
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
|
||
got_count = &h->got.refcount;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
|
||
struct plt_entry **local_plt;
|
||
unsigned char *lgot_masks;
|
||
|
||
lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
|
||
if (lgot_refs == NULL)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
|
||
(lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
|
||
(local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
|
||
got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
|
||
without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
|
||
found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
|
||
marker for this symbol, then we either have a
|
||
broken object file or an -mlongcall style
|
||
indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
|
||
Disable optimization in this case. */
|
||
if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
|
||
&& !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
|
||
&& ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
|
||
!= (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
bfd_vma addend = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
|
||
|| ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
|
||
addend = rel[1].r_addend;
|
||
ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
|
||
got2, addend);
|
||
if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
|
||
ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (tls_clear == 0)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (tls_set == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
|
||
if (*got_count > 0)
|
||
*got_count -= 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
*tls_mask |= tls_set;
|
||
*tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
|
||
free (relstart);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
|
||
aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
|
||
size_dynamic_sections. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
|
||
do
|
||
{
|
||
if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
|
||
return true;
|
||
eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
|
||
} while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
|
||
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
||
|
||
for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
||
if (p->pc_count != 0)
|
||
return true;
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
|
||
regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
|
||
dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
|
||
change the definition to something the rest of the link can
|
||
understand. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
|
||
h->root.root.string);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
|
||
&& (h->needs_plt
|
||
|| h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
||
|| h->is_weakalias
|
||
|| (h->def_dynamic
|
||
&& h->ref_regular
|
||
&& !h->def_regular)));
|
||
|
||
/* Deal with function syms. */
|
||
if (h->type == STT_FUNC
|
||
|| h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
||
|| h->needs_plt)
|
||
{
|
||
bool local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
||
|| UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
|
||
/* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
|
||
function symbol is local. */
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
|
||
won't need a .plt entry. */
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
|
||
if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (ent == NULL
|
||
|| (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
||
&& local
|
||
&& (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
|
||
|| (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
|
||
& (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
|
||
{
|
||
/* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
|
||
|
||
1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
|
||
can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
|
||
ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
|
||
|
||
2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
|
||
|
||
3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
|
||
will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
|
||
h->plt.plist = NULL;
|
||
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
||
h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
|
||
doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
|
||
executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
|
||
be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
|
||
(Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
|
||
through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
|
||
reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
|
||
resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
|
||
than link time. */
|
||
if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
|
||
|| (h->non_got_ref
|
||
&& !h->ref_regular_nonweak
|
||
&& !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
|
||
&& htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
|
||
&& !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
|
||
&& !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
|
||
{
|
||
h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
|
||
/* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
|
||
isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
|
||
if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
h->plt.plist = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
/* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
|
||
plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
h->protected_def = 0;
|
||
/* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
h->plt.plist = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
|
||
processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
|
||
real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
|
||
if (h->is_weakalias)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
|
||
h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
|
||
h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
|
||
if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
|
||
|| def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
|
||
|| def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
|
||
is not a function. */
|
||
|
||
/* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
|
||
only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
|
||
For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
|
||
be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
h->protected_def = 0;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
|
||
GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
|
||
if (!h->non_got_ref)
|
||
{
|
||
h->protected_def = 0;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
|
||
.dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
|
||
definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
|
||
are preferable to an incorrect program. */
|
||
if (h->protected_def)
|
||
{
|
||
if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
||
&& ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
|
||
&& ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
|
||
&& htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
|
||
&& info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
|
||
htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
|
||
if (info->nocopyreloc)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
/* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
|
||
we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
|
||
We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
|
||
doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
|
||
relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
|
||
executable. */
|
||
if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
||
&& !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
|
||
&& htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
|
||
&& !h->def_regular
|
||
&& !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
|
||
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
|
||
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
|
||
object will contain position independent code, so all references
|
||
from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
|
||
offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
|
||
determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
|
||
both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
|
||
same memory location for the variable.
|
||
|
||
Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
|
||
must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
|
||
if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
|
||
s = htab->dynsbss;
|
||
else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
||
s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
|
||
else
|
||
s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
||
|
||
if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *srel;
|
||
|
||
/* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
|
||
linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
|
||
and into the runtime process image. */
|
||
if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
|
||
srel = htab->relsbss;
|
||
else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
|
||
srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
|
||
else
|
||
srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
|
||
srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
h->needs_copy = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
|
||
xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
|
||
specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
|
||
is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
|
||
xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
|
||
size_t len1, len2, len3;
|
||
char *name;
|
||
const char *stub;
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
stub = ".plt_pic32.";
|
||
else
|
||
stub = ".plt_call32.";
|
||
|
||
len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
|
||
len2 = strlen (stub);
|
||
len3 = 0;
|
||
if (ent->sec)
|
||
len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
|
||
name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
|
||
if (name == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
|
||
if (ent->sec)
|
||
memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
|
||
memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
|
||
memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
|
||
sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, true, false, false);
|
||
if (sh == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
|
||
{
|
||
sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
|
||
sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
|
||
sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
|
||
sh->ref_regular = 1;
|
||
sh->def_regular = 1;
|
||
sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
|
||
sh->forced_local = 1;
|
||
sh->non_elf = 0;
|
||
sh->root.linker_def = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
|
||
Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_vma
|
||
allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma where;
|
||
unsigned int max_before_header;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
|
||
{
|
||
where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
|
||
htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
|
||
if (need <= htab->got_gap)
|
||
{
|
||
where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
|
||
htab->got_gap -= need;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
|
||
&& htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
|
||
{
|
||
htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
|
||
htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
|
||
}
|
||
where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
|
||
htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return where;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
|
||
TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
|
||
|
||
static inline unsigned int
|
||
got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int need;
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
|
||
need = 4;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
need = 0;
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
|
||
need += 8;
|
||
if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
|
||
need += 4;
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
|
||
need += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
return need;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
|
||
&& ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
|
||
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
|
||
&& h->dynindx == -1
|
||
&& !h->forced_local
|
||
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
|
||
return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
|
||
usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
|
||
|
||
static inline
|
||
bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
||
{
|
||
return (h == NULL
|
||
|| h->dynindx == -1
|
||
|| !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
|
||
{
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
|
||
|
||
if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
||
if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
|
||
|| (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
||
&& !eh->elf.def_regular
|
||
&& eh->elf.protected_def
|
||
&& eh->has_addr16_ha
|
||
&& eh->has_addr16_lo
|
||
&& htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int need;
|
||
|
||
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
|
||
if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
need = 0;
|
||
if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
|
||
{
|
||
if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
|
||
/* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
|
||
always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
|
||
a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
|
||
htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
|
||
else
|
||
need += 8;
|
||
}
|
||
need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
|
||
if (need == 0)
|
||
eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
|
||
if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
|
||
&& bfd_link_executable (info)
|
||
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
|
||
|| (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
&& eh->elf.dynindx != -1
|
||
&& !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
|
||
&& !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
|
||
{
|
||
asection *rsec;
|
||
|
||
need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
|
||
if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
|
||
need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
|
||
if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
||
rsec->size += need;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
|
||
/* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
|
||
IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
|
||
if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
&& h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
|
||
else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
|
||
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
|
||
/* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
|
||
visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
|
||
else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
|
||
;
|
||
|
||
/* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
|
||
dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
|
||
defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
|
||
space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
|
||
changes. */
|
||
else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
|
||
or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
|
||
generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
|
||
resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
|
||
If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
|
||
then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
|
||
if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
||
|
||
for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
||
{
|
||
p->count -= p->pc_count;
|
||
p->pc_count = 0;
|
||
if (p->count == 0)
|
||
*pp = p->next;
|
||
else
|
||
pp = &p->next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
|
||
|
||
for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
|
||
{
|
||
if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
|
||
*pp = p->next;
|
||
else
|
||
pp = &p->next;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
|
||
if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
|
||
{
|
||
/* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
|
||
symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
|
||
dynamic. */
|
||
if ((h->dynamic_adjusted
|
||
|| (h->ref_regular
|
||
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
||
&& (info->dynamic_undefined_weak > 0
|
||
|| !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))))
|
||
&& !h->def_regular
|
||
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
|
||
&& !(h->protected_def
|
||
&& eh->has_addr16_ha
|
||
&& eh->has_addr16_lo
|
||
&& htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
|
||
if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (h->dynindx == -1)
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate space. */
|
||
for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
|
||
if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
||
sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
|
||
We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
|
||
a) is dynamic, or
|
||
b) is an ifunc, or
|
||
c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
|
||
d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
|
||
if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1)
|
||
|| h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
||
|| (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
|
||
|| (h->needs_plt
|
||
&& h->def_regular
|
||
&& !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
&& !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
|
||
&& (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
|
||
& (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
bool doneone = false;
|
||
bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
|
||
for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
|
||
if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
bool dyn;
|
||
|
||
if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
|
||
s = htab->elf.splt;
|
||
if (!dyn)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
s = htab->elf.iplt;
|
||
else
|
||
s = htab->pltlocal;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!doneone)
|
||
{
|
||
plt_offset = s->size;
|
||
s->size += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
|
||
|
||
if (s == htab->pltlocal)
|
||
ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
s = htab->glink;
|
||
if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
glink_offset = s->size;
|
||
s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
|
||
}
|
||
if (!doneone
|
||
&& !bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& h->def_dynamic
|
||
&& !h->def_regular)
|
||
{
|
||
h->root.u.def.section = s;
|
||
h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
|
||
&& !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (!doneone)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
|
||
for the special first entry. */
|
||
if (s->size == 0)
|
||
s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
|
||
|
||
/* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
|
||
parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
|
||
and a jump), and then there is a remaining
|
||
word available at the end. */
|
||
plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
|
||
+ (htab->plt_slot_size
|
||
* ((s->size
|
||
- htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
|
||
/ htab->plt_entry_size)));
|
||
|
||
/* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
|
||
file, and we are not generating a shared
|
||
library, then set the symbol to this location
|
||
in the .plt. This is to avoid text
|
||
relocations, and is required to make
|
||
function pointers compare as equal between
|
||
the normal executable and the shared library. */
|
||
if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& h->def_dynamic
|
||
&& !h->def_regular)
|
||
{
|
||
h->root.u.def.section = s;
|
||
h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Make room for this entry. */
|
||
s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
|
||
/* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
|
||
is allocated. */
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
|
||
&& (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
|
||
/ htab->plt_entry_size
|
||
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
|
||
s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
|
||
}
|
||
ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
|
||
if (!doneone)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!dyn)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
{
|
||
s = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
||
s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
s = htab->relpltlocal;
|
||
s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
{
|
||
if (ent->plt.offset
|
||
== (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
|
||
{
|
||
htab->srelplt2->size
|
||
+= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
|
||
* VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
htab->srelplt2->size
|
||
+= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
|
||
* VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
|
||
.got.plt. */
|
||
htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
doneone = true;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
|
||
if (!doneone)
|
||
{
|
||
h->plt.plist = NULL;
|
||
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
h->plt.plist = NULL;
|
||
h->needs_plt = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
|
||
{
|
||
0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
|
||
0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
|
||
1, /* CIE version. */
|
||
'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
|
||
4, /* Code alignment. */
|
||
0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
|
||
65, /* RA reg. */
|
||
1, /* Augmentation size. */
|
||
DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
|
||
DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
bool relocs;
|
||
bfd *ibfd;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
|
||
{
|
||
s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
||
s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
||
s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
|
||
htab->got_header_size = 16;
|
||
else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
|
||
htab->got_header_size = 12;
|
||
|
||
/* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
|
||
relocs. */
|
||
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
|
||
bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
|
||
struct plt_entry **local_plt;
|
||
struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
|
||
char *lgot_masks;
|
||
bfd_size_type locsymcount;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
|
||
if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
|
||
|
||
for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
|
||
elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
|
||
p != NULL;
|
||
p = p->next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
|
||
&& bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Input section has been discarded, either because
|
||
it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
|
||
linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
|
||
the relocs too. */
|
||
}
|
||
else if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
|
||
&& strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
|
||
".tls_vars") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
|
||
handled specially by the loader. */
|
||
}
|
||
else if (p->count != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
|
||
if (p->ifunc)
|
||
sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
||
sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
|
||
& (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
|
||
== (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
|
||
{
|
||
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
|
||
info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
|
||
p->sec->owner, p->sec);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
|
||
if (!local_got)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
|
||
locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
|
||
local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
|
||
end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
|
||
lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
|
||
|
||
for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks)
|
||
if (*local_got > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int need;
|
||
if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
|
||
htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
|
||
need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
|
||
if (need == 0)
|
||
*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
*local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
|
||
&& bfd_link_executable (info)))
|
||
{
|
||
asection *srel;
|
||
|
||
need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
|
||
srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
|
||
if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
|
||
srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
||
srel->size += need;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
|
||
lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
|
||
for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
bool doneone = false;
|
||
bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
|
||
for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
|
||
if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
|
||
s = htab->elf.iplt;
|
||
else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
|
||
|| (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
|
||
{
|
||
ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
s = htab->pltlocal;
|
||
|
||
if (!doneone)
|
||
{
|
||
plt_offset = s->size;
|
||
s->size += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
|
||
|
||
if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
|
||
{
|
||
s = htab->glink;
|
||
glink_offset = s->size;
|
||
s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
|
||
|
||
if (!doneone)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
|
||
{
|
||
s = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
||
s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
s = htab->relpltlocal;
|
||
s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
doneone = true;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
|
||
elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
|
||
if (bfd_link_dll (info))
|
||
htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
|
||
|
||
/* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
|
||
for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
|
||
or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
|
||
corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
|
||
if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
|
||
{
|
||
g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
|
||
g_o_t += 4;
|
||
htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
|
||
}
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
|
||
|
||
sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
|
||
sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
|
||
}
|
||
if (info->emitrelocations)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
|
||
|
||
if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
|
||
sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
|
||
sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
|
||
if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
|
||
sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->glink != NULL
|
||
&& htab->glink->size != 0
|
||
&& htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
{
|
||
htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
|
||
/* Space for the branch table. */
|
||
htab->glink->size
|
||
+= htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
|
||
/* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
|
||
htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
|
||
? 63 : 15);
|
||
htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
|
||
sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
|
||
true, false, false);
|
||
if (sh == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
|
||
{
|
||
sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
|
||
sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
|
||
sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
|
||
sh->ref_regular = 1;
|
||
sh->def_regular = 1;
|
||
sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
|
||
sh->forced_local = 1;
|
||
sh->non_elf = 0;
|
||
sh->root.linker_def = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
|
||
true, false, false);
|
||
if (sh == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
|
||
{
|
||
sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
|
||
sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
|
||
sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
|
||
sh->ref_regular = 1;
|
||
sh->def_regular = 1;
|
||
sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
|
||
sh->forced_local = 1;
|
||
sh->non_elf = 0;
|
||
sh->root.linker_def = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->glink != NULL
|
||
&& htab->glink->size != 0
|
||
&& htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
|
||
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
|
||
&& _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
|
||
{
|
||
s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
|
||
s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
s->size += 4;
|
||
if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
|
||
s->size += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
|
||
Allocate memory for them. */
|
||
relocs = false;
|
||
for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
|
||
{
|
||
bool strip_section = true;
|
||
|
||
if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (s == htab->elf.splt
|
||
|| s == htab->elf.sgot)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
|
||
we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
|
||
It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
|
||
if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
|
||
strip_section = false;
|
||
/* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
|
||
comment below. */
|
||
}
|
||
else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
|
||
|| s == htab->pltlocal
|
||
|| s == htab->glink
|
||
|| s == htab->glink_eh_frame
|
||
|| s == htab->elf.sgotplt
|
||
|| s == htab->sbss
|
||
|| s == htab->elf.sdynbss
|
||
|| s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
|
||
|| s == htab->dynsbss)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Strip these too. */
|
||
}
|
||
else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
|
||
|| s == htab->sdata[1].section)
|
||
{
|
||
strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
|
||
{
|
||
if (s->size != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
|
||
relocs = true;
|
||
|
||
/* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
|
||
to copy relocs into the output file. */
|
||
s->reloc_count = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
|
||
output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
|
||
.rela.plt. We must create both sections in
|
||
create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
|
||
before the linker maps input sections to output
|
||
sections. The linker does that before
|
||
adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
|
||
function which decides whether anything needs to go
|
||
into these sections. */
|
||
s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
|
||
s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
|
||
if (s->contents == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
|
||
values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
|
||
must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
|
||
the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
|
||
dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
|
||
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
|
||
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
|
||
|
||
if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
|
||
relocs))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
|
||
&& htab->glink != NULL
|
||
&& htab->glink->size != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
|
||
return false;
|
||
if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
|
||
&& htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
|
||
&& htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
|
||
&& !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
#undef add_dynamic_entry
|
||
|
||
if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
|
||
&& htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
|
||
bfd_vma val;
|
||
|
||
memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
|
||
/* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
|
||
p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
|
||
/* FDE length. */
|
||
val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
/* CIE pointer. */
|
||
val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
/* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
/* .glink size. */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
/* Augmentation. */
|
||
p += 1;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
|
||
if (adv < 64)
|
||
*p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
|
||
else if (adv < 256)
|
||
{
|
||
*p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
|
||
*p++ = adv;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (adv < 65536)
|
||
{
|
||
*p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
|
||
bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
|
||
p += 2;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
*p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
*p++ = DW_CFA_register;
|
||
*p++ = 65;
|
||
p++;
|
||
*p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
|
||
*p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
|
||
*p++ = 65;
|
||
}
|
||
BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
|
||
== htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
|
||
if it looks like nothing is using them. */
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
|
||
|
||
if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
|
||
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
|
||
if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
|
||
{
|
||
s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
|
||
if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
|
||
{
|
||
sda->def_regular = 0;
|
||
/* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
|
||
sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
|
||
sda->forced_local = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
void
|
||
ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
|
||
if (htab != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
|
||
maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
|
||
/* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h->plt.plist != NULL
|
||
&& !h->def_regular
|
||
&& (!h->pointer_equality_needed
|
||
|| !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
|
||
|
||
/* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
|
||
used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
|
||
static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
|
||
0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
|
||
0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
|
||
0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
|
||
0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
|
||
0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
|
||
0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
|
||
0x4e800420, /* bctr */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
static const int stub_entry[] =
|
||
{
|
||
0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
|
||
0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
|
||
0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
|
||
0x4e800420, /* bctr */
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
struct ppc_elf_relax_info
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int workaround_size;
|
||
unsigned int picfixup_size;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
/* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
|
||
icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
|
||
space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
|
||
add trampolines at the end of the section. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
|
||
asection *isec,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
|
||
bool *again)
|
||
{
|
||
struct one_branch_fixup
|
||
{
|
||
struct one_branch_fixup *next;
|
||
asection *tsec;
|
||
/* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
|
||
relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
|
||
bfd_vma toff;
|
||
bfd_vma trampoff;
|
||
};
|
||
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
|
||
struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
|
||
struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
|
||
unsigned changes = 0;
|
||
bool workaround_change;
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
|
||
asection *got2;
|
||
bool maybe_pasted;
|
||
|
||
*again = false;
|
||
|
||
/* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
|
||
if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
|
||
|| (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
|
||
|| (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
|
||
|| isec->size < 4)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
/* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
|
||
do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
|
||
anyway. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
|
||
if (htab == NULL)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
|
||
if (isec->rawsize == 0)
|
||
isec->rawsize = isec->size;
|
||
trampbase = isec->size;
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
|
||
|| isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
|
||
isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
|
||
|| htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
|
||
= bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
|
||
if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
|
||
trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
|
||
/* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
|
||
trampoff = trampbase;
|
||
if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
|
||
trampoff += 4;
|
||
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
|
||
picfixup_size = 0;
|
||
if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
|
||
|| htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
|
||
if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
|
||
link_info->keep_memory);
|
||
if (internal_relocs == NULL)
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
|
||
|
||
irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
|
||
for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
|
||
bfd_vma toff, roff;
|
||
asection *tsec;
|
||
struct one_branch_fixup *f;
|
||
size_t insn_offset = 0;
|
||
bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val;
|
||
bfd_byte *hit_addr;
|
||
unsigned long t0;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
|
||
struct plt_entry **plist;
|
||
unsigned char sym_type;
|
||
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PPC_REL24:
|
||
case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
|
||
max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
|
||
max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
|
||
if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
|
||
break;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
|
||
if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
|
||
ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
|
||
if (isym != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (tsec != NULL)
|
||
;
|
||
else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
|
||
tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
|
||
else
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
toff = isym->st_value;
|
||
sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (tsec != NULL)
|
||
toff = h->root.u.def.value;
|
||
else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned long indx;
|
||
|
||
indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
|
||
toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
|
||
optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
|
||
branch stub in that case. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
|
||
&& h == htab->tls_get_addr
|
||
&& irel != internal_relocs)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
|
||
unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
|
||
unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
|
||
R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
|
||
on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
|
||
mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
|
||
if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
|
||
|
||
if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
|
||
(local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
char *lgot_masks = (char *)
|
||
(local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
|
||
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
|
||
|
||
while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
|
||
|| th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
|
||
th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
|
||
|
||
tls_mask
|
||
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
|
||
optimised away. */
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
|
||
&& (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
|
||
|| t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
|
||
|| t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
|
||
continue;
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
|
||
&& (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
|
||
|| t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
|
||
|| t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
sym_type = h->type;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h != NULL
|
||
&& !h->def_regular
|
||
&& h->protected_def
|
||
&& ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
|
||
&& ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
|
||
picfixup_size += 12;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
|
||
match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
|
||
but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
|
||
destination used here may be incorrect. */
|
||
plist = NULL;
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
|
||
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
|
||
plist = &h->plt.plist;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
|
||
&& elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
|
||
struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
|
||
(local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
|
||
}
|
||
if (plist != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma addend = 0;
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
|
||
addend = irel->r_addend;
|
||
ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
|
||
if (ent != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
|
||
|| h == NULL
|
||
|| !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
|| h->dynindx == -1)
|
||
{
|
||
tsec = htab->glink;
|
||
toff = ent->glink_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
tsec = htab->elf.splt;
|
||
toff = ent->plt.offset;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
|
||
no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
|
||
branch overflow. */
|
||
if (tsec == isec)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
|
||
undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
|
||
support addends. It would be possible to do so by
|
||
putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
|
||
branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
|
||
&& tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
|
||
&& r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
|
||
&& irel->r_addend != 0)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
|
||
SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
|
||
attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
|
||
branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
|
||
reference for other target relax_section functions. */
|
||
if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
|
||
{
|
||
/* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
|
||
adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
|
||
passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
|
||
relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
|
||
section symbols have been adjusted.)
|
||
|
||
gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
|
||
sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
|
||
the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
|
||
a section symbol we should include the addend in the
|
||
offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
|
||
location of interest is the original symbol. On the
|
||
other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
|
||
a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
|
||
access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
|
||
location of interest is just "sym". */
|
||
if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
|
||
&& r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
|
||
toff += irel->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
toff
|
||
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
|
||
elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
|
||
toff);
|
||
|
||
if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
|
||
&& r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
|
||
toff += irel->r_addend;
|
||
}
|
||
/* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
|
||
else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
|
||
toff += irel->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
/* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
|
||
if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
|
||
&& tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
|
||
|| tsec->output_section == NULL
|
||
|| (tsec->owner != NULL
|
||
&& (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
roff = irel->r_offset;
|
||
|
||
/* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
|
||
relocatable if the output section size is such that a
|
||
fixup can be created at final link.
|
||
The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
|
||
of other fixups being needed at final link. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
|
||
&& (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
|
||
< max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
|
||
if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
|
||
&& (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
|
||
/* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
|
||
final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
|
||
|| tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr;
|
||
|
||
symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
|
||
reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
|
||
if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
|
||
< 2 * max_branch_offset)
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
|
||
for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
|
||
if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (f == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
size_t size;
|
||
unsigned long stub_rtype;
|
||
|
||
val = trampoff - roff;
|
||
if (val >= max_branch_offset)
|
||
/* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
|
||
one. We'll report an error later. */
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
|
||
{
|
||
size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
|
||
insn_offset = 12;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
|
||
insn_offset = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
|
||
if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
|
||
|| tsec == htab->glink)
|
||
{
|
||
stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
|
||
stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
|
||
relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
|
||
irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
|
||
stub_rtype);
|
||
irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
|
||
&& stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
|
||
irel->r_addend = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
|
||
f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
|
||
f->next = branch_fixups;
|
||
f->tsec = tsec;
|
||
f->toff = toff;
|
||
f->trampoff = trampoff;
|
||
branch_fixups = f;
|
||
|
||
trampoff += size;
|
||
changes++;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
val = f->trampoff - roff;
|
||
if (val >= max_branch_offset)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
|
||
irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Get the section contents. */
|
||
if (contents == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Get cached copy if it exists. */
|
||
if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
|
||
contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
|
||
/* Go get them off disk. */
|
||
else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
|
||
hit_addr = contents + roff;
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PPC_REL24:
|
||
case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
|
||
t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
|
||
t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
|
||
t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
|
||
t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
|
||
t0 &= ~0xfffc;
|
||
t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
while (branch_fixups != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
|
||
branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
|
||
free (f);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
workaround_change = false;
|
||
newsize = trampoff;
|
||
if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
|
||
&& (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
|
||
|| isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
|
||
unsigned int crossings;
|
||
bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
|
||
|
||
addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
|
||
end_addr = addr + trampoff;
|
||
addr &= -pagesize;
|
||
crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
|
||
if (crossings != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
|
||
not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
|
||
previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
|
||
newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
|
||
newsize += crossings * 16;
|
||
if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
|
||
{
|
||
relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
|
||
workaround_change = true;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
|
||
isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
|
||
}
|
||
newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
|
||
if (picfixup_size != 0)
|
||
relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
|
||
newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
|
||
isec->size = newsize;
|
||
|
||
if (isymbuf != NULL
|
||
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
|
||
{
|
||
if (! link_info->keep_memory)
|
||
free (isymbuf);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
|
||
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (contents != NULL
|
||
&& elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
|
||
free (contents);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
|
||
elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
changes += picfixup_size;
|
||
if (changes != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
|
||
information for the trampolines. */
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
|
||
* sizeof (*new_relocs));
|
||
unsigned ix;
|
||
|
||
if (!new_relocs)
|
||
goto error_return;
|
||
memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
|
||
isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
|
||
for (ix = changes; ix--;)
|
||
{
|
||
irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
|
||
|
||
irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
|
||
}
|
||
if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
|
||
free (internal_relocs);
|
||
elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
|
||
isec->reloc_count += changes;
|
||
rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
|
||
rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
||
free (internal_relocs);
|
||
|
||
*again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
error_return:
|
||
while (branch_fixups != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
|
||
branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
|
||
free (f);
|
||
}
|
||
if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
|
||
free (isymbuf);
|
||
if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
|
||
free (contents);
|
||
if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
|
||
free (internal_relocs);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
|
||
discarded sections. */
|
||
|
||
static unsigned int
|
||
ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
|
||
{
|
||
if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
|
||
|
||
static bfd_vma
|
||
elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
|
||
elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
||
bfd_vma relocation,
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
|
||
{
|
||
elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Handle global symbol. */
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
|
||
|
||
eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
|
||
linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Handle local symbol. */
|
||
unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
|
||
linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
|
||
rel->r_addend,
|
||
lsect);
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
|
||
|
||
/* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
|
||
as a "written" flag. */
|
||
if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
|
||
relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
|
||
lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
|
||
linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ lsect->section->output_offset
|
||
+ linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
|
||
- SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr,
|
||
"Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
|
||
lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return relocation;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
|
||
#define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
|
||
#define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
|
||
|
||
static void
|
||
write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
|
||
asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
|
||
bfd_vma plt;
|
||
unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL
|
||
&& h == htab->tls_get_addr
|
||
&& !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
|
||
+ plt_sec->output_section->vma
|
||
+ plt_sec->output_offset);
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma got = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (ent->addend >= 32768)
|
||
got = (ent->addend
|
||
+ ent->sec->output_section->vma
|
||
+ ent->sec->output_offset);
|
||
else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
|
||
got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
|
||
|
||
plt -= got;
|
||
|
||
if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
|
||
}
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
while (p < end)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
|
||
{
|
||
return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
|
||
&& h->root.u.def.section != NULL
|
||
&& h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
|
||
the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
|
||
REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
|
||
|
||
unsigned int
|
||
_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int rtra;
|
||
|
||
if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
|
||
rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
|
||
else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
|
||
rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
|
||
else
|
||
return 0;
|
||
|
||
if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
|
||
/* add -> addi. */
|
||
insn = 14 << 26;
|
||
else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
|
||
&& ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
|
||
|| ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
|
||
&& (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
|
||
/* load and store indexed -> dform. */
|
||
insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
|
||
else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
|
||
/* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
|
||
insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
|
||
else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
|
||
/* lwax -> lwa. */
|
||
insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
|
||
else
|
||
return 0;
|
||
insn |= rtra;
|
||
return insn;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
|
||
the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
|
||
thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
|
||
|
||
unsigned int
|
||
_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
|
||
{
|
||
if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
|
||
&& ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
|
||
|| ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
|
||
&& (insn & 3) != 1)
|
||
|| ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
|
||
&& ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
|
||
{
|
||
insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
|
||
&& ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
|
||
{
|
||
insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
|
||
insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
|
||
if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
|
||
insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
insn = 0;
|
||
return insn;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
|
||
{
|
||
return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
|
||
{
|
||
return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
|
||
|| ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
|
||
&& (insn & 3) == 1));
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
|
||
to handle the relocations for a section.
|
||
|
||
The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
|
||
actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
|
||
zero.
|
||
|
||
This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
|
||
necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
|
||
relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
|
||
necessary.
|
||
|
||
This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
|
||
address or the reloc symbol index.
|
||
|
||
LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
|
||
|
||
LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
|
||
corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
|
||
|
||
The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
|
||
via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
|
||
|
||
When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
|
||
STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
|
||
going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
|
||
section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
|
||
accordingly. */
|
||
|
||
static int
|
||
ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
bfd *input_bfd,
|
||
asection *input_section,
|
||
bfd_byte *contents,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
|
||
asection **local_sections)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
|
||
asection *got2;
|
||
bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
|
||
bool ret = true;
|
||
bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
|
||
bool is_vxworks_tls;
|
||
unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
|
||
struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
_bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
|
||
"%ld relocations%s",
|
||
input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
(long) input_section->reloc_count,
|
||
(bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
|
||
|
||
/* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
|
||
if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
|
||
ppc_elf_howto_init ();
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
|
||
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
|
||
/* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
|
||
specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
|
||
is_vxworks_tls = (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
|
||
".tls_vars"));
|
||
if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
|
||
relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
|
||
rel = wrel = relocs;
|
||
relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
|
||
for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
|
||
{
|
||
enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
|
||
bfd_vma addend;
|
||
bfd_reloc_status_type r;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
||
asection *sec;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
|
||
const char *sym_name;
|
||
reloc_howto_type *howto;
|
||
unsigned long r_symndx;
|
||
bfd_vma relocation;
|
||
bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
|
||
bool unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
|
||
bool warned;
|
||
unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
|
||
struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
|
||
struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
|
||
|
||
again:
|
||
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
|
||
sym = NULL;
|
||
sec = NULL;
|
||
h = NULL;
|
||
unresolved_reloc = false;
|
||
warned = false;
|
||
r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
|
||
|
||
if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
{
|
||
sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
|
||
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
|
||
sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
|
||
|
||
relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bool ignored;
|
||
|
||
RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
|
||
r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
|
||
h, sec, relocation,
|
||
unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
|
||
|
||
sym_name = h->root.root.string;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
|
||
{
|
||
/* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
|
||
or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
|
||
section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
|
||
howto = NULL;
|
||
if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
|
||
howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
|
||
|
||
_bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
contents, rel->r_offset);
|
||
wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
|
||
wrel->r_info = 0;
|
||
wrel->r_addend = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
|
||
symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
|
||
non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
|
||
eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
|
||
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
|
||
wrel--;
|
||
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
|
||
{
|
||
if (got2 != NULL
|
||
&& r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
|
||
&& rel->r_addend != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
|
||
addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
|
||
rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
|
||
&& r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
|
||
&& r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
|
||
goto copy_reloc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
|
||
based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
|
||
RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
|
||
for the final instruction stream. */
|
||
tls_mask = 0;
|
||
tls_gd = 0;
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
|
||
else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry **local_plt;
|
||
char *lgot_masks;
|
||
local_plt
|
||
= (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
|
||
if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
|
||
|| (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
|
||
|| (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
|
||
|| (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
|
||
|| (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
|
||
|| (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
|
||
|| (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
|
||
|| (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
|
||
abort ();
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
|
||
&& (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma insn;
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
insn &= 31 << 21;
|
||
insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
|
||
rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TLS:
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
|
||
&& (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma insn;
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
|
||
if (insn == 0)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
|
||
rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
|
||
|
||
/* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
|
||
PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
|
||
rel->r_offset += d_offset;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
|
||
tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
|
||
goto tls_gdld_hi;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
tls_gdld_hi:
|
||
if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
|
||
r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
|
||
+ R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
|
||
}
|
||
rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
|
||
tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
|
||
goto tls_ldgd_opt;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int insn1, insn2;
|
||
bfd_vma offset;
|
||
|
||
tls_ldgd_opt:
|
||
offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
|
||
/* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
|
||
__tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
|
||
stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
|
||
reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
|
||
the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
|
||
if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
|
||
&& rel + 1 < relend
|
||
&& branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
|
||
htab->tls_get_addr))
|
||
offset = rel[1].r_offset;
|
||
/* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
|
||
the destination reg. It may be something other than
|
||
the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
|
||
intervening code. */
|
||
insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* IE */
|
||
insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
|
||
insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
|
||
if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
|
||
insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
|
||
}
|
||
r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
|
||
+ R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
|
||
rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* LE */
|
||
insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
|
||
insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
|
||
if (tls_gd == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Was an LD reloc. */
|
||
for (r_symndx = 0;
|
||
r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
r_symndx++)
|
||
if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
|
||
rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
|
||
if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
|
||
rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
|
||
+ sec->output_offset
|
||
+ sec->output_section->vma);
|
||
}
|
||
r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
|
||
rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
|
||
if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
|
||
rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
|
||
rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
if (tls_gd == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
|
||
in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
|
||
goto again;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TLSGD:
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
|
||
&& rel + 1 < relend
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int insn2;
|
||
bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
|
||
|
||
if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
|
||
rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* IE */
|
||
r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
|
||
insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* LE */
|
||
r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
|
||
rel->r_offset += d_offset;
|
||
insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
|
||
}
|
||
rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
|
||
/* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
|
||
rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TLSLD:
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
|
||
&& rel + 1 < relend
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int insn2;
|
||
|
||
if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
for (r_symndx = 0;
|
||
r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
r_symndx++)
|
||
if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
|
||
break;
|
||
if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
|
||
r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
|
||
rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
|
||
if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
|
||
rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
|
||
+ sec->output_offset
|
||
+ sec->output_section->vma);
|
||
|
||
rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
|
||
rel->r_offset += d_offset;
|
||
insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
/* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
|
||
rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
|
||
goto again;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
|
||
branch_bit = 0;
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
|
||
branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
/* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
|
||
if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
|
||
insn |= branch_bit;
|
||
|
||
from = (rel->r_offset
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset
|
||
+ input_section->output_section->vma);
|
||
|
||
/* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
|
||
if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
|
||
insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
|
||
if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
|
||
&& (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Convert addis to lis. */
|
||
insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
(_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
"R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
|
||
&& h != NULL
|
||
&& !h->def_regular
|
||
&& h->protected_def
|
||
&& ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
|
||
&& ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
|
||
&& htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
|
||
variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
|
||
&& (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_byte *p;
|
||
bfd_vma off;
|
||
bfd_vma got_addr;
|
||
|
||
p = (contents + input_section->size
|
||
- relax_info->workaround_size
|
||
- relax_info->picfixup_size
|
||
+ picfixup_size);
|
||
off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
(_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
|
||
+ (h->got.offset & ~1));
|
||
wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
|
||
wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
|
||
wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
|
||
insn &= ~0xffff;
|
||
insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
|
||
|
||
/* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
|
||
insn &= ~0xffff;
|
||
insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
|
||
insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
|
||
insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
|
||
picfixup_size += 12;
|
||
|
||
/* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
|
||
output is reasonable. */
|
||
memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
|
||
wrel++, rel++;
|
||
rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
|
||
rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
|
||
rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
|
||
|
||
/* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
|
||
dynamic reloc. */
|
||
r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
|
||
"%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
|
||
"R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
|
||
|| ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
|
||
&& (insn & 3) != 1)
|
||
|| ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
|
||
&& ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
|
||
relocation = 0;
|
||
unresolved_reloc = false;
|
||
rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
|
||
"%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
|
||
"R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ifunc = NULL;
|
||
if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
|
||
&& ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry **local_plt;
|
||
|
||
local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
|
||
+ symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
ent = NULL;
|
||
if (ifunc != NULL
|
||
&& (!bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
|| is_branch_reloc (r_type)
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
|
||
{
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
|
||
}
|
||
if (ent != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& ent->sec != got2
|
||
&& htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
|
||
&& (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
|| h == NULL
|
||
|| h->dynindx == -1))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
|
||
for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
|
||
finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
|
||
apparently are using code compiled with
|
||
-mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
|
||
gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
|
||
whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
|
||
is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
|
||
into .got2). */
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
unresolved_reloc = false;
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
|
||
|| !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
|| h == NULL
|
||
|| h->dynindx == -1)
|
||
relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_offset
|
||
+ (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
|
||
else
|
||
relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
|
||
+ ent->plt.offset);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
|
||
howto = NULL;
|
||
if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
|
||
howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
|
||
|
||
tls_type = 0;
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
de_fault:
|
||
if (howto)
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
|
||
input_bfd, howto->name);
|
||
else
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"),
|
||
input_bfd, r_type);
|
||
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
goto copy_reloc;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_NONE:
|
||
case R_PPC_TLS:
|
||
case R_PPC_TLSGD:
|
||
case R_PPC_TLSLD:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
|
||
case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
|
||
case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
|
||
goto copy_reloc;
|
||
|
||
/* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
|
||
address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
|
||
symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
|
||
symbol and put the symbol value there. */
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
|
||
tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
|
||
goto dogot;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
|
||
tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
|
||
goto dogot;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
|
||
tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
|
||
goto dogot;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
|
||
tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
|
||
goto dogot;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
|
||
tls_mask = 0;
|
||
dogot:
|
||
{
|
||
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
|
||
offset table. */
|
||
bfd_vma off;
|
||
bfd_vma *offp;
|
||
unsigned long indx;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
indx = 0;
|
||
if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
|
||
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
|
||
else if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
|
||
|| h->dynindx == -1
|
||
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
|
||
|| UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
|
||
/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
|
||
-Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
|
||
locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
|
||
because of a version file. */
|
||
;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
indx = h->dynindx;
|
||
unresolved_reloc = false;
|
||
}
|
||
offp = &h->got.offset;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
|
||
least significant bit to record whether we have already
|
||
processed this entry. */
|
||
off = *offp;
|
||
if ((off & 1) != 0)
|
||
off &= ~1;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
|
||
? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
|
||
| TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
|
||
: 0);
|
||
|
||
if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
|
||
tls_m = TLS_LD;
|
||
else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
|
||
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
|
||
|
||
/* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
|
||
Initialize them all. */
|
||
do
|
||
{
|
||
int tls_ty = 0;
|
||
|
||
if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
|
||
tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
|
||
tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
|
||
tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
|
||
}
|
||
else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
|
||
tls_m = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
|
||
if (indx != 0
|
||
|| (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
&& (h == NULL
|
||
|| !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
|
||
&& !(tls_ty != 0
|
||
&& bfd_link_executable (info)
|
||
&& SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))))
|
||
{
|
||
asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
|
||
bfd_byte * loc;
|
||
|
||
if (ifunc != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
||
if (indx == 0)
|
||
htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
|
||
else if (is_static_defined (h))
|
||
htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
|
||
+ off);
|
||
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
||
if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
|
||
{
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
|
||
if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
|
||
{
|
||
loc = rsec->contents;
|
||
loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
|
||
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd,
|
||
&outrel, loc);
|
||
outrel.r_offset += 4;
|
||
outrel.r_info
|
||
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
|
||
else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
|
||
else if (indx != 0)
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
|
||
else if (ifunc != NULL)
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
|
||
else
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
|
||
if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
|
||
{
|
||
outrel.r_addend += relocation;
|
||
if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
|
||
outrel.r_addend = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
loc = rsec->contents;
|
||
loc += (rsec->reloc_count++
|
||
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Init the .got section contents if we're not
|
||
emitting a reloc. */
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma value = relocation;
|
||
|
||
if (tls_ty != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
|
||
value = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
|
||
value = 0;
|
||
else
|
||
value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
|
||
if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
|
||
value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
|
||
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
|
||
value = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
|
||
htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
off += 4;
|
||
if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
|
||
off += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
while (tls_m != 0);
|
||
|
||
off = *offp;
|
||
*offp = off | 1;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
|
||
abort ();
|
||
|
||
if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
|
||
{
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
|
||
&& !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
off += 8;
|
||
if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
|
||
{
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
|
||
off += 8;
|
||
if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
|
||
{
|
||
if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
|
||
off += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
|
||
if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
||
goto copy_reloc;
|
||
|
||
relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
|
||
+ off
|
||
- SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
|
||
|
||
/* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
|
||
x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
|
||
generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
|
||
got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
|
||
if (addend != 0)
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
howto->name,
|
||
sym_name);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Relocations that need no special processing. */
|
||
case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
|
||
/* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
|
||
at a symbol not in this object. */
|
||
if (unresolved_reloc)
|
||
{
|
||
(*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
|
||
h->root.root.string,
|
||
input_bfd,
|
||
input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset,
|
||
true);
|
||
goto copy_reloc;
|
||
}
|
||
if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
/* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
|
||
the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
|
||
seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
|
||
stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
|
||
access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
|
||
local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
|
||
-fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
|
||
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
h->root.root.string);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
|
||
if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
|
||
addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
|
||
object. */
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
|
||
if (h != NULL
|
||
&& h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
||
&& h->dynindx == -1
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
|
||
resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
|
||
code using weak externs ought to check that they are
|
||
defined before using them. */
|
||
bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
|
||
unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
|
||
insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
|
||
if (insn != 0)
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
|
||
addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
|
||
/* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
|
||
libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
|
||
DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
|
||
goto dodyn;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL32:
|
||
if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
|
||
addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
|
||
goto dodyn;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
|
||
if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
|
||
addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
|
||
goto dodyn;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
|
||
relocation = 1;
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
goto dodyn;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_REL32:
|
||
if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
|
||
break;
|
||
/* fall through */
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR32:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_UADDR32:
|
||
case R_PPC_UADDR16:
|
||
goto dodyn;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL24:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
|
||
/* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
|
||
handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
|
||
if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
|
||
|| h == htab->elf.hgot)
|
||
break;
|
||
/* fall through */
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR24:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR14:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
|
||
if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
break;
|
||
/* fall through */
|
||
|
||
dodyn:
|
||
if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
|
||
|| is_vxworks_tls)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
? ((h == NULL
|
||
|| h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
|
||
&& ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
|
||
|| must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
|
||
: (h != NULL
|
||
&& h->dyn_relocs != NULL))
|
||
{
|
||
int skip;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
asection *sreloc;
|
||
long indx = 0;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
|
||
"create relocation for %s\n",
|
||
(h && h->root.root.string
|
||
? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
/* When generating a shared object, these relocations
|
||
are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
|
||
time. */
|
||
skip = 0;
|
||
outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
|
||
input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset);
|
||
if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
|
||
|| outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
|
||
skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
|
||
outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
||
|
||
/* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
|
||
if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
|
||
|| (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
|
||
r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
|
||
if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
|
||
|| (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
|
||
r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
|
||
|
||
if (skip)
|
||
memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
|
||
else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
indx = h->dynindx;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
|
||
unresolved_reloc = false;
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
|
||
outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
|
||
|
||
if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
|
||
{
|
||
if (ifunc != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* If we get here when building a static
|
||
executable, then the libc startup function
|
||
responsible for applying indirect function
|
||
relocations is going to complain about
|
||
the reloc type.
|
||
If we get here when building a dynamic
|
||
executable, it will be because we have
|
||
a text relocation. The dynamic loader
|
||
will set the text segment writable and
|
||
non-executable to apply text relocations.
|
||
So we'll segfault when trying to run the
|
||
indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
|
||
"function %s unsupported\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
howto->name,
|
||
sym_name);
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
|
||
;
|
||
else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
asection *osec;
|
||
|
||
/* We are turning this relocation into one
|
||
against a section symbol. It would be
|
||
proper to subtract the symbol's value,
|
||
osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
|
||
but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
|
||
FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
|
||
osec = sec->output_section;
|
||
if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
|
||
indx = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
|
||
if (indx == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
|
||
indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
|
||
}
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
|
||
Don't leave the symbol value in the
|
||
addend for them. */
|
||
if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
|
||
outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (ifunc != NULL)
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
|
||
else
|
||
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
|
||
if (ifunc)
|
||
{
|
||
sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
||
if (indx == 0)
|
||
htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
|
||
else if (is_static_defined (h))
|
||
htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
if (sreloc == NULL)
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
loc = sreloc->contents;
|
||
loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
|
||
|
||
if (skip == -1)
|
||
goto copy_reloc;
|
||
|
||
/* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
|
||
so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
|
||
if (!skip)
|
||
{
|
||
relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
|
||
case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
|
||
{
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
got2_addend = addend;
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
|
||
relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_offset
|
||
+ ent->glink_offset);
|
||
else
|
||
relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
|
||
+ ent->plt.offset);
|
||
}
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_RELAX:
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
? offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - 12,
|
||
ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) * 4)
|
||
: offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry) * 4))
|
||
{
|
||
const int *stub;
|
||
size_t size;
|
||
size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset
|
||
+ rel->r_offset - 4);
|
||
stub = shared_stub_entry;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
|
||
stub += 3;
|
||
size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
stub = stub_entry;
|
||
size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
relocation += addend;
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
|
||
relocation = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
|
||
insn = *stub++;
|
||
insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
|
||
insn_offset += 4;
|
||
|
||
insn = *stub++;
|
||
insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
|
||
insn_offset += 4;
|
||
size -= 2;
|
||
|
||
while (size != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
insn = *stub++;
|
||
--size;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
|
||
insn_offset += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
|
||
relocs to describe this relocation. */
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
|
||
/* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
|
||
wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
|
||
wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
|
||
wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
|
||
memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
|
||
wrel++, rel++;
|
||
wrel->r_offset += 4;
|
||
wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
goto de_fault;
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
|
||
if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
|
||
{
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
relocation
|
||
= elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
|
||
h, relocation, rel);
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
|
||
if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
|
||
{
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
relocation
|
||
= elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
|
||
h, relocation, rel);
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
|
||
section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
|
||
an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
|
||
AIX .toc section. */
|
||
case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
|
||
if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
|
||
|
||
addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
|
||
if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
|
||
ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
|
||
bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
|
||
if (ent == NULL
|
||
|| htab->elf.splt == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
|
||
happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
|
||
using -Bsymbolic. */
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
|
||
procedure linkage table. */
|
||
unresolved_reloc = false;
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
|
||
relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_offset
|
||
+ ent->glink_offset);
|
||
else
|
||
relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
|
||
+ ent->plt.offset);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
|
||
addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
|
||
Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
|
||
plt_list = NULL;
|
||
if (h != NULL)
|
||
plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
|
||
else if (ifunc != NULL)
|
||
plt_list = ifunc;
|
||
else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry **local_plt;
|
||
local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
|
||
+ symtab_hdr->sh_info);
|
||
plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
|
||
}
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
if (plt_list != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
|
||
ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
|
||
bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
|
||
if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *plt;
|
||
|
||
unresolved_reloc = false;
|
||
plt = htab->elf.splt;
|
||
if (use_local_plt (info, h))
|
||
{
|
||
if (ifunc != NULL)
|
||
plt = htab->elf.iplt;
|
||
else
|
||
plt = htab->pltlocal;
|
||
}
|
||
relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ plt->output_offset
|
||
+ ent->plt.offset);
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma got = 0;
|
||
|
||
if (ent->addend >= 32768)
|
||
got = (ent->addend
|
||
+ ent->sec->output_section->vma
|
||
+ ent->sec->output_offset);
|
||
else
|
||
got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
|
||
relocation -= got;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
|
||
case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
|
||
|
||
if (sec == NULL
|
||
|| sec->output_section == NULL
|
||
|| !is_static_defined (sda))
|
||
{
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
|
||
|
||
name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
|
||
if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
|
||
"in the wrong output section (%s)"),
|
||
input_bfd,
|
||
sym_name,
|
||
howto->name,
|
||
name);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
|
||
|
||
if (sec == NULL
|
||
|| sec->output_section == NULL
|
||
|| !is_static_defined (sda))
|
||
{
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
|
||
|
||
name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
|
||
if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
|
||
"in the wrong output section (%s)"),
|
||
input_bfd,
|
||
sym_name,
|
||
howto->name,
|
||
name);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
|
||
relocation = relocation + addend;
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
|
||
split16a_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
goto report_reloc;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
|
||
relocation = relocation + addend;
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
|
||
split16d_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
goto report_reloc;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
|
||
relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
|
||
split16a_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
goto report_reloc;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
|
||
relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
|
||
split16d_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
goto report_reloc;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
|
||
relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
|
||
split16a_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
goto report_reloc;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
|
||
relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
|
||
split16d_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
goto report_reloc;
|
||
|
||
/* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
|
||
if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
goto report_reloc;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
int reg;
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
|
||
if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
reg = 13;
|
||
sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
reg = 2;
|
||
sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
|
||
}
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
reg = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
|
||
"in the wrong output section (%s)"),
|
||
input_bfd,
|
||
sym_name,
|
||
howto->name,
|
||
name);
|
||
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
goto copy_reloc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (sda != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!is_static_defined (sda))
|
||
{
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
|
||
version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
|
||
operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
|
||
GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
|
||
a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
|
||
producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
|
||
generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
|
||
rel->r_offset &= ~1;
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
if (reg == 0
|
||
&& (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
|
||
{
|
||
relocation = relocation + addend;
|
||
addend = 0;
|
||
|
||
/* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
|
||
insn &= 0x1f << 21;
|
||
insn |= 28u << 26;
|
||
|
||
/* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
|
||
/* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
|
||
insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
|
||
/* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
|
||
insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
|
||
/* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
|
||
insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
|
||
r = bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
|
||
&& ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
|
||
r = bfd_reloc_overflow;
|
||
goto report_reloc;
|
||
}
|
||
/* Fill in register field. */
|
||
insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
|
||
if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
|
||
r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma value;
|
||
const char *name;
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
|
||
if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
|
||
sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
|
||
else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
|
||
sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
_bfd_error_handler
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
|
||
"in the wrong output section (%s)"),
|
||
input_bfd,
|
||
sym_name,
|
||
howto->name,
|
||
name);
|
||
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
goto copy_reloc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
|
||
{
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, value,
|
||
split16a_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, value,
|
||
split16d_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
|
||
{
|
||
value = value >> 16;
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, value,
|
||
split16a_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
|
||
{
|
||
value = value >> 16;
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, value,
|
||
split16d_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
|
||
{
|
||
value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, value,
|
||
split16a_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
}
|
||
else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
|
||
{
|
||
value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
|
||
r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset, value,
|
||
split16d_type,
|
||
htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
abort ();
|
||
}
|
||
goto report_reloc;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
|
||
if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
|
||
r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset,
|
||
relocation);
|
||
r = bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
goto report_reloc;
|
||
|
||
/* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
|
||
if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
unresolved_reloc = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
/* Negative relocations. */
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
|
||
addend -= 2 * relocation;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_COPY:
|
||
case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
|
||
case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
|
||
case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
|
||
case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT32:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR30:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
|
||
input_bfd, howto->name);
|
||
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
goto copy_reloc;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
|
||
if (htab->do_tls_opt
|
||
&& relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
|
||
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
|
||
if (htab->do_tls_opt
|
||
&& relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
|
||
unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
|
||
insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
|
||
insn |= 2 << 16;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
|
||
if (unresolved_reloc)
|
||
{
|
||
if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
|
||
unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
|
||
insn &= 1;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
|
||
unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
|
||
r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
|
||
howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
(_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
howto->name);
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
|
||
if (unresolved_reloc)
|
||
{
|
||
if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
|
||
unresolved_reloc = false;
|
||
r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
|
||
howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
(_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
howto->name);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Do any further special processing. */
|
||
switch (r_type)
|
||
{
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
|
||
/* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
|
||
that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
|
||
'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
|
||
alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
|
||
if (sec == NULL)
|
||
break;
|
||
/* Fall through. */
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
|
||
/* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
|
||
Bits 0:15 are not used. */
|
||
addend += 0x8000;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
|
||
case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
|
||
if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
/* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
|
||
certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
|
||
that make up part of the insn opcode. */
|
||
unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
|
||
mask = 0;
|
||
if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
|
||
mask = 3;
|
||
else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
|
||
mask = 15;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
relocation += addend;
|
||
addend = insn & mask;
|
||
lobit = mask & relocation;
|
||
if (lobit != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
relocation ^= lobit;
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
|
||
"offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
|
||
howto->name,
|
||
(int) r_type,
|
||
sym_name,
|
||
r_symndx,
|
||
(long) rel->r_offset,
|
||
(long) addend);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (unresolved_reloc
|
||
&& !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
|
||
&& h->def_dynamic)
|
||
&& _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
|
||
rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
||
{
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
howto->name,
|
||
sym_name);
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
|
||
few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
|
||
have different reloc types. */
|
||
if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
|
||
&& howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
|
||
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
|
||
&& offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
|
||
{
|
||
enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
|
||
|
||
if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
|
||
if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
|
||
complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
|
||
else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
|
||
|| (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
|
||
complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
|
||
}
|
||
if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
|
||
{
|
||
alt_howto = *howto;
|
||
alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
|
||
howto = &alt_howto;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
|
||
if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
|
||
r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
|
||
relocation += addend;
|
||
relocation -= (rel->r_offset
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset
|
||
+ input_section->output_section->vma);
|
||
relocation >>= 16;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
|
||
insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
|
||
r = bfd_reloc_ok;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
|
||
rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
|
||
|
||
report_reloc:
|
||
if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
|
||
{
|
||
if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
|
||
{
|
||
/* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
|
||
on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
|
||
if (!warned
|
||
&& !(h != NULL
|
||
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
|
||
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
|
||
info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
|
||
(info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
|
||
rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
(_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
|
||
input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
|
||
howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
copy_reloc:
|
||
if (wrel != rel)
|
||
*wrel = *rel;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (wrel != rel)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
|
||
size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
|
||
|
||
rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
|
||
rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
|
||
if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
|
||
{
|
||
/* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
|
||
one NONE reloc.
|
||
??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
|
||
rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
|
||
deleted -= 1;
|
||
wrel++;
|
||
}
|
||
relend = wrel;
|
||
rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
|
||
rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
|
||
input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
|
||
&& input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
|
||
&& (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
|
||
|| strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Branch around the trampolines. */
|
||
unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
|
||
&& input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
|
||
&& (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
|
||
|| (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
|
||
>= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
|
||
bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
|
||
|
||
if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_byte *p;
|
||
unsigned int n;
|
||
bfd_byte fill[4];
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
|
||
p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
|
||
n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
|
||
while (n--)
|
||
{
|
||
memcpy (p, fill, 4);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
|
||
branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
|
||
branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
|
||
needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
|
||
wanting to touch data-in-text. */
|
||
|
||
start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
||
end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
|
||
- relax_info->workaround_size);
|
||
for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
|
||
addr < end_addr;
|
||
addr += pagesize)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
|
||
bool is_data;
|
||
bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
|
||
/* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
|
||
the word alone. */
|
||
is_data = false;
|
||
lo = relocs;
|
||
hi = relend;
|
||
rel = NULL;
|
||
while (lo < hi)
|
||
{
|
||
rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
|
||
if (rel->r_offset < offset)
|
||
lo = rel + 1;
|
||
else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
|
||
hi = rel;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR32:
|
||
case R_PPC_UADDR32:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL32:
|
||
case R_PPC_ADDR30:
|
||
is_data = true;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (is_data)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
/* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
|
||
branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
|
||
avoid the icache failure.
|
||
|
||
The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
|
||
where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
|
||
page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
|
||
instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
|
||
unconditional branches:
|
||
1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
|
||
2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
|
||
3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
|
||
where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
|
||
prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
|
||
affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
|
||
instruction is not executed.
|
||
|
||
A bctr example:
|
||
.
|
||
. lis 9,new_page@ha
|
||
. addi 9,9,new_page@l
|
||
. mtctr 9
|
||
. bctr
|
||
. nop
|
||
. nop
|
||
. new_page:
|
||
.
|
||
The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
|
||
ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
|
||
new page which might have stale instructions. If they
|
||
fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
|
||
bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
|
||
prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
|
||
place:
|
||
.
|
||
. lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
|
||
. addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
|
||
. mtctr 9 mtctr 9
|
||
. bctr bctr
|
||
. nop b somewhere_else
|
||
. b somewhere_else nop
|
||
. new_page: new_page:
|
||
. */
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
|
||
if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
|
||
|| ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
|
||
&& (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
|
||
|| ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
|
||
&& (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
|
||
&& (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
|
||
- relax_info->workaround_size);
|
||
patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
|
||
patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
|
||
|
||
if (rel != NULL
|
||
&& rel->r_offset >= offset
|
||
&& rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *sreloc;
|
||
|
||
/* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
|
||
reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
|
||
location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
|
||
if (rel + 1 != relend)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
|
||
|
||
/* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
|
||
memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
|
||
relend[-1] = tmp;
|
||
}
|
||
relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
|
||
|
||
/* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
|
||
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
|
||
case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
|
||
relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
|
||
break;
|
||
default:
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
|
||
non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
|
||
If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
|
||
sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
|
||
if (sreloc != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
|
||
bfd_vma soffset;
|
||
|
||
slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
|
||
shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
|
||
soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
|
||
+ input_section->output_offset);
|
||
while (slo < shi)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
|
||
&outrel);
|
||
if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
|
||
slo = srel + 1;
|
||
else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
|
||
shi = srel;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (srel + 1 != srelend)
|
||
{
|
||
memmove (srel, srel + 1,
|
||
(srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
|
||
srel = srelend - 1;
|
||
}
|
||
outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
|
||
(bfd_byte *) srel);
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
rel = NULL;
|
||
|
||
if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
|
||
&& (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
|
||
|
||
delta += offset - patch_off;
|
||
if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
|
||
delta = 0;
|
||
if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
|
||
|
||
r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
|
||
if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
|
||
insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
|
||
else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
|
||
insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
|
||
else
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
|
||
|
||
if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
|
||
|| r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
|
||
&& delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
|
||
&& (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
|
||
insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
|
||
}
|
||
if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
(insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
|
||
contents + patch_off);
|
||
patch_off += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
|
||
contents + patch_off);
|
||
patch_off += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
if (rel != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
|
||
|
||
relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
|
||
relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
|
||
}
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
(insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
|
||
contents + patch_off);
|
||
patch_off += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
|
||
contents + patch_off);
|
||
patch_off += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
|
||
contents + patch_off);
|
||
patch_off += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
|
||
patch_off += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
|
||
B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
|
||
contents + patch_off);
|
||
patch_off += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
|
||
relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return ret;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
|
||
{
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
bool doneone;
|
||
|
||
doneone = false;
|
||
for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
|
||
if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
||
{
|
||
bool dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
|
||
|
||
if (!doneone)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
bfd_vma reloc_index;
|
||
asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
|
||
asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
|
||
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
|
||
reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
|
||
/ htab->plt_slot_size);
|
||
if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
|
||
&& htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
|
||
reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
|
||
Set it up. */
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS && dyn)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma got_offset;
|
||
const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
|
||
|
||
/* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
|
||
got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
|
||
|
||
/* Use the right PLT. */
|
||
plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
|
||
: ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
|
||
|
||
/* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
|
||
plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
|
||
plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
|
||
plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
|
||
plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
|
||
|
||
/* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
|
||
the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
|
||
start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
|
||
low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
|
||
/* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
|
||
prescaled offset. */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
|
||
plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
|
||
/* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
|
||
the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
|
||
instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
|
||
The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
|
||
stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
|
||
offset. */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
|
||
(plt_entry[5]
|
||
| (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
|
||
|
||
/* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
|
||
the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
|
||
in this PLT entry. */
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ plt->output_offset
|
||
+ ent->plt.offset + 16),
|
||
htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
|
||
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
/* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
|
||
loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
|
||
+ ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
|
||
* VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
|
||
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
||
|
||
/* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
|
||
rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ plt->output_offset
|
||
+ ent->plt.offset + 2);
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
|
||
R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
|
||
rela.r_addend = got_offset;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
/* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
|
||
rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ plt->output_offset
|
||
+ ent->plt.offset + 6);
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
|
||
R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
|
||
rela.r_addend = got_offset;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
/* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
|
||
PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
|
||
rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
|
||
+ got_offset);
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
|
||
R_PPC_ADDR32);
|
||
rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
|
||
In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
|
||
address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
|
||
by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
|
||
the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
|
||
rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
|
||
+ got_offset);
|
||
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
||
if (!dyn)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
{
|
||
plt = htab->elf.iplt;
|
||
relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
plt = htab->pltlocal;
|
||
relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
|
||
}
|
||
if (h->def_regular
|
||
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
|
||
|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
|
||
rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (relplt == NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ plt->output_offset
|
||
+ ent->plt.offset);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD || !dyn)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
|
||
linker will fill it in. */
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_offset);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
|
||
plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (relplt != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
|
||
if (!dyn)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
|
||
else
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
|
||
loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
|
||
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
||
htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
|
||
loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
|
||
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
||
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
|
||
htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
|
||
}
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
doneone = true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned char *p;
|
||
asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
|
||
|
||
if (!dyn)
|
||
{
|
||
if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
plt = htab->elf.iplt;
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
|
||
write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
|
||
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
/* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Finish up PLT handling. */
|
||
|
||
bool
|
||
ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
bfd *ibfd;
|
||
|
||
if (!htab)
|
||
return true;
|
||
|
||
elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
|
||
|
||
for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
|
||
struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
|
||
bfd_size_type locsymcount;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
|
||
if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
|
||
if (!local_got)
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
|
||
locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
|
||
end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
|
||
local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
|
||
end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
|
||
for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
|
||
for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
|
||
{
|
||
if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
|
||
asection *sym_sec;
|
||
asection *plt, *relplt;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
bfd_vma val;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
|
||
unsigned char *p;
|
||
|
||
if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
|
||
lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
|
||
{
|
||
if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
|
||
free (local_syms);
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
val = sym->st_value;
|
||
if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
|
||
val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
|
||
|
||
if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
|
||
{
|
||
htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
|
||
plt = htab->elf.iplt;
|
||
relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
plt = htab->pltlocal;
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
|
||
+ plt->output_offset
|
||
+ plt->output_section->vma);
|
||
rela.r_addend = val;
|
||
loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
|
||
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
||
|
||
p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
|
||
write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (local_syms != NULL
|
||
&& symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!info->keep_memory)
|
||
free (local_syms);
|
||
else
|
||
symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
|
||
dynamic sections here. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
struct plt_entry *ent;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
|
||
h->root.root.string);
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
if (!h->def_regular
|
||
|| (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
|
||
for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
|
||
if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!h->def_regular)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
|
||
defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
|
||
there were any relocations where pointer equality
|
||
matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
|
||
make function pointer comparisons work between an
|
||
application and shared library), otherwise set it
|
||
to zero. */
|
||
sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
|
||
if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
|
||
sym->st_value = 0;
|
||
else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
|
||
{
|
||
/* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
|
||
that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
|
||
function pointer. */
|
||
sym->st_value = 0;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
|
||
executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
|
||
text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
|
||
allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
|
||
function symbols with plt entries, because we need
|
||
to keep the original value around for the ifunc
|
||
relocation. */
|
||
sym->st_shndx
|
||
= (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
|
||
(info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
|
||
sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_offset
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_section->vma);
|
||
}
|
||
break;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (h->needs_copy)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
|
||
/* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
|
||
|
||
if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
|
||
s = htab->relsbss;
|
||
else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
|
||
s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
|
||
else
|
||
s = htab->elf.srelbss;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
|
||
|
||
rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
|
||
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
||
loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "\n");
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
return true;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
|
||
ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
const asection *rel_sec,
|
||
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
|
||
if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
|
||
return reloc_class_ifunc;
|
||
|
||
switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
|
||
{
|
||
case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
|
||
return reloc_class_relative;
|
||
case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
|
||
return reloc_class_plt;
|
||
case R_PPC_COPY:
|
||
return reloc_class_copy;
|
||
default:
|
||
return reloc_class_normal;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *sdyn;
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
|
||
bfd_vma got;
|
||
bfd *dynobj;
|
||
bool ret = true;
|
||
|
||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||
fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
|
||
dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
|
||
sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
|
||
|
||
got = 0;
|
||
if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
|
||
got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
|
||
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
|
||
|
||
dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
|
||
dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
|
||
for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
|
||
asection *s;
|
||
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
|
||
|
||
switch (dyn.d_tag)
|
||
{
|
||
case DT_PLTGOT:
|
||
if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
|
||
s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
|
||
else
|
||
s = htab->elf.splt;
|
||
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
|
||
dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case DT_JMPREL:
|
||
s = htab->elf.srelplt;
|
||
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case DT_PPC_GOT:
|
||
dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
|
||
break;
|
||
|
||
case DT_TEXTREL:
|
||
if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
(_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
|
||
"functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
|
||
else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
|
||
info->callbacks->einfo
|
||
(_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
|
||
"functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
|
||
continue;
|
||
|
||
default:
|
||
if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
|
||
&& elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
|
||
break;
|
||
continue;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
|
||
&& htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
|
||
{
|
||
if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
|
||
|| htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
|
||
|
||
p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
|
||
if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
|
||
so that a function can easily find the address of
|
||
_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
|
||
< htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (sdyn != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
|
||
< htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
/* xgettext:c-format */
|
||
_bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
|
||
htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
|
||
(htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
|
||
? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
|
||
bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
|
||
ret = false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
|
||
if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
|
||
&& htab->elf.splt != NULL
|
||
&& htab->elf.splt->size != 0
|
||
&& htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
|
||
{
|
||
asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
|
||
/* Use the right PLT. */
|
||
const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
|
||
? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
|
||
: ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
|
||
|
||
if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
|
||
splt->contents + 0);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
|
||
splt->contents + 4);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
|
||
}
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
|
||
|
||
if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
|
||
loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
|
||
|
||
/* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
|
||
rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
|
||
+ 2);
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
|
||
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
/* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
|
||
rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->elf.splt->output_offset
|
||
+ 6);
|
||
rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
|
||
rela.r_addend = 0;
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
/* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
|
||
symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
|
||
in which symbols were output. */
|
||
while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
|
||
{
|
||
Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
|
||
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
|
||
rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
|
||
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
|
||
loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->glink != NULL
|
||
&& htab->glink->contents != NULL
|
||
&& htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned char *p;
|
||
unsigned char *endp;
|
||
bfd_vma res0;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* PIC glink code is the following:
|
||
*
|
||
* # ith PLT code stub.
|
||
* addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
|
||
* lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
|
||
* mtctr 11
|
||
* bctr
|
||
*
|
||
* # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
|
||
* # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
|
||
* # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
|
||
* res_0: b PLTresolve
|
||
* res_1: b PLTresolve
|
||
* .
|
||
* # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
|
||
* res_n_m3: nop
|
||
* res_n_m2: nop
|
||
* res_n_m1:
|
||
*
|
||
* PLTresolve:
|
||
* addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
|
||
* mflr 0
|
||
* bcl 20,31,1f
|
||
* 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
|
||
* mflr 12
|
||
* mtlr 0
|
||
* sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
|
||
* addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
|
||
* lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
|
||
* lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
|
||
* mtctr 0
|
||
* add 0,11,11
|
||
* add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
|
||
* bctr
|
||
*
|
||
* Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
|
||
*
|
||
* # ith PLT code stub.
|
||
* lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
|
||
* lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
|
||
* mtctr 11
|
||
* bctr
|
||
*
|
||
* The branch table is the same, then comes
|
||
*
|
||
* PLTresolve:
|
||
* lis 12,(got+4)@ha
|
||
* addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
|
||
* lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
|
||
* addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
|
||
* mtctr 0
|
||
* add 0,11,11
|
||
* lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
|
||
* add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
|
||
* bctr
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
|
||
and perhaps some padding. */
|
||
p = htab->glink->contents;
|
||
p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
|
||
endp = htab->glink->contents;
|
||
endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
|
||
while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
while (p < endp)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_offset);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
|
||
{
|
||
/* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
|
||
result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
|
||
glink branch table. */
|
||
bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
|
||
bfd_vma page_addr;
|
||
bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_offset);
|
||
|
||
for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
|
||
page_addr > glink_start;
|
||
page_addr -= pagesize)
|
||
{
|
||
/* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
|
||
bfd_byte *loc;
|
||
unsigned int insn;
|
||
|
||
loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
|
||
if (insn == BCTR)
|
||
{
|
||
/* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
|
||
one other call stub before this one. */
|
||
insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
|
||
if (insn == BCTR)
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
|
||
else
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
|
||
endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
|
||
if (bfd_link_pic (info))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_vma bcl;
|
||
|
||
bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_offset);
|
||
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
|
||
}
|
||
else
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
|
||
else
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
|
||
else
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
|
||
}
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
while (p < endp)
|
||
{
|
||
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
|
||
htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
}
|
||
BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
|
||
&& htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
|
||
{
|
||
unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
|
||
bfd_vma val;
|
||
|
||
p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
|
||
/* FDE length. */
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
/* CIE pointer. */
|
||
p += 4;
|
||
/* Offset to .glink. */
|
||
val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->glink->output_offset);
|
||
val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
|
||
+ htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
|
||
val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
|
||
bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
|
||
|
||
if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
|
||
&& !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
|
||
htab->glink_eh_frame,
|
||
htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
|
||
return false;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
return ret;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
|
||
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
|
||
#define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
|
||
#define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
|
||
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
|
||
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
|
||
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
|
||
#define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
|
||
|
||
#ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
|
||
#define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
|
||
#define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
|
||
#endif
|
||
|
||
#define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
|
||
#define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
|
||
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
|
||
#define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
|
||
#define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
|
||
#define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
|
||
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
|
||
|
||
#define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
|
||
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
|
||
#define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
|
||
#define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
|
||
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
|
||
#define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
|
||
#define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
|
||
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
|
||
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
|
||
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
|
||
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
|
||
#define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
|
||
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
|
||
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
|
||
#define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
|
||
#define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
|
||
#define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
|
||
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
|
||
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
|
||
#define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
|
||
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
|
||
#define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
|
||
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
|
||
#define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
|
||
#define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
|
||
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
|
||
#define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
|
||
#define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
|
||
#define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
|
||
|
||
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
||
|
||
/* FreeBSD Target */
|
||
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
||
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
|
||
|
||
#undef ELF_OSABI
|
||
#define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
|
||
|
||
#undef elf32_bed
|
||
#define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
|
||
|
||
#include "elf32-target.h"
|
||
|
||
/* VxWorks Target */
|
||
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
|
||
#undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
|
||
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
|
||
#undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
|
||
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
|
||
|
||
#undef ELF_OSABI
|
||
|
||
#undef ELF_TARGET_OS
|
||
#define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
|
||
|
||
/* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
|
||
static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
|
||
ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
|
||
{
|
||
if (sec->name == NULL)
|
||
return NULL;
|
||
|
||
if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
|
||
return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
|
||
|
||
return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
|
||
appropriately for VxWorks. */
|
||
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
|
||
ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
|
||
|
||
ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
|
||
if (ret)
|
||
{
|
||
struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
|
||
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
|
||
htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
|
||
htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
||
htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
||
htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
|
||
}
|
||
return ret;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
|
||
struct bfd_link_info *info,
|
||
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
|
||
const char **namep,
|
||
flagword *flagsp,
|
||
asection **secp,
|
||
bfd_vma *valp)
|
||
{
|
||
if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
|
||
valp))
|
||
return false;
|
||
|
||
return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
static bool
|
||
ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
|
||
{
|
||
ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
|
||
return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
|
||
define it. */
|
||
#undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
|
||
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
|
||
#undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
|
||
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
|
||
#undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
|
||
#define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
|
||
#undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
|
||
#define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
|
||
#undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
|
||
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
|
||
#undef elf_backend_got_header_size
|
||
#define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
|
||
#undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
|
||
#define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
|
||
|
||
#undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
|
||
|
||
#undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
|
||
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
|
||
ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
|
||
#undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
|
||
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
|
||
ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
|
||
#undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
|
||
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
|
||
elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
|
||
#undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
|
||
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
|
||
ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
|
||
#undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
|
||
#define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
|
||
ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
|
||
#undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
|
||
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
|
||
elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
|
||
|
||
#undef elf32_bed
|
||
#define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
|
||
|
||
#include "elf32-target.h"
|